wxPython/src/msw/_core.py

   1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29.
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead.
   3
   4 import _core_
   5 import new
   6 new_instancemethod = new.instancemethod
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,static=1):
   8     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
   9     if (name == "this"):
  10         if type(value).__name__ == 'PySwigObject':
  11             self.__dict__[name] = value
  12             return
  13     method = class_type.__swig_setmethods__.get(name,None)
  14     if method: return method(self,value)
  15     if (not static) or hasattr(self,name):
  16         self.__dict__[name] = value
  17     else:
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  19
  20 def _swig_setattr(self,class_type,name,value):
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self,class_type,name,value,0)
  22
  23 def _swig_getattr(self,class_type,name):
  24     if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own()
  25     method = class_type.__swig_getmethods__.get(name,None)
  26     if method: return method(self)
  27     raise AttributeError,name
  28
  29 def _swig_repr(self):
  30     try: strthis = "proxy of " + self.this.__repr__()
  31     except: strthis = ""
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self.__class__.__module__, self.__class__.__name__, strthis,)
  33
  34 import types
  35 try:
  36     _object = types.ObjectType
  37     _newclass = 1
  38 except AttributeError:
  39     class _object : pass
  40     _newclass = 0
  41 del types
  42
  43
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set):
  45     def set_attr(self,name,value):
  46         if (name == "thisown"): return self.this.own(value)
  47         if hasattr(self,name) or (name == "this"):
  48             set(self,name,value)
  49         else:
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self)
  51     return set_attr
  52
  53
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension
  55 #// code.
  56 _core_._wxPySetDictionary(vars())
  57
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can
  59 #// be used here.
  60 import sys as _sys
  61 wx = _sys.modules[__name__]
  62
  63
  64 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  65
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg=None):
  67     """
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning
  69     before calling the callable.
  70     """
  71     if msg is None:
  72         msg = "%s is deprecated" % callable
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs):
  74         import warnings
  75         warnings.warn(msg, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel=2)
  76         return callable(*args, **kwargs)
  77     deprecatedWrapper.__doc__ = msg
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
  79
  80
  81 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 NOT_FOUND = _core_.NOT_FOUND
  84 VSCROLL = _core_.VSCROLL
  85 HSCROLL = _core_.HSCROLL
  86 CAPTION = _core_.CAPTION
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER = _core_.DOUBLE_BORDER
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER = _core_.SUNKEN_BORDER
  89 RAISED_BORDER = _core_.RAISED_BORDER
  90 BORDER = _core_.BORDER
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER = _core_.SIMPLE_BORDER
  92 STATIC_BORDER = _core_.STATIC_BORDER
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW = _core_.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
  94 NO_BORDER = _core_.NO_BORDER
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER = _core_.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE = _core_.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL = _core_.TAB_TRAVERSAL
  98 WANTS_CHARS = _core_.WANTS_CHARS
  99 POPUP_WINDOW = _core_.POPUP_WINDOW
 100 CENTER_FRAME = _core_.CENTER_FRAME
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN = _core_.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN = _core_.CLIP_CHILDREN
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS = _core_.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 105 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB = _core_.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 106 RETAINED = _core_.RETAINED
 107 BACKINGSTORE = _core_.BACKINGSTORE
 108 COLOURED = _core_.COLOURED
 109 FIXED_LENGTH = _core_.FIXED_LENGTH
 110 LB_NEEDED_SB = _core_.LB_NEEDED_SB
 111 LB_ALWAYS_SB = _core_.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 112 LB_SORT = _core_.LB_SORT
 113 LB_SINGLE = _core_.LB_SINGLE
 114 LB_MULTIPLE = _core_.LB_MULTIPLE
 115 LB_EXTENDED = _core_.LB_EXTENDED
 116 LB_OWNERDRAW = _core_.LB_OWNERDRAW
 117 LB_HSCROLL = _core_.LB_HSCROLL
 118 PROCESS_ENTER = _core_.PROCESS_ENTER
 119 PASSWORD = _core_.PASSWORD
 120 CB_SIMPLE = _core_.CB_SIMPLE
 121 CB_DROPDOWN = _core_.CB_DROPDOWN
 122 CB_SORT = _core_.CB_SORT
 123 CB_READONLY = _core_.CB_READONLY
 124 RA_HORIZONTAL = _core_.RA_HORIZONTAL
 125 RA_VERTICAL = _core_.RA_VERTICAL
 126 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 127 RA_SPECIFY_COLS = _core_.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 128 RA_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 129 RB_GROUP = _core_.RB_GROUP
 130 RB_SINGLE = _core_.RB_SINGLE
 131 SB_HORIZONTAL = _core_.SB_HORIZONTAL
 132 SB_VERTICAL = _core_.SB_VERTICAL
 133 RB_USE_CHECKBOX = _core_.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 134 ST_SIZEGRIP = _core_.ST_SIZEGRIP
 135 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE = _core_.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 136 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE = _core_.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 137 ST_DOTS_END = _core_.ST_DOTS_END
 138 FLOOD_SURFACE = _core_.FLOOD_SURFACE
 139 FLOOD_BORDER = _core_.FLOOD_BORDER
 140 ODDEVEN_RULE = _core_.ODDEVEN_RULE
 141 WINDING_RULE = _core_.WINDING_RULE
 142 TOOL_TOP = _core_.TOOL_TOP
 143 TOOL_BOTTOM = _core_.TOOL_BOTTOM
 144 TOOL_LEFT = _core_.TOOL_LEFT
 145 TOOL_RIGHT = _core_.TOOL_RIGHT
 146 OK = _core_.OK
 147 YES_NO = _core_.YES_NO
 148 CANCEL = _core_.CANCEL
 149 YES = _core_.YES
 150 NO = _core_.NO
 151 NO_DEFAULT = _core_.NO_DEFAULT
 152 YES_DEFAULT = _core_.YES_DEFAULT
 153 ICON_EXCLAMATION = _core_.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 154 ICON_HAND = _core_.ICON_HAND
 155 ICON_QUESTION = _core_.ICON_QUESTION
 156 ICON_INFORMATION = _core_.ICON_INFORMATION
 157 ICON_STOP = _core_.ICON_STOP
 158 ICON_ASTERISK = _core_.ICON_ASTERISK
 159 ICON_MASK = _core_.ICON_MASK
 160 ICON_WARNING = _core_.ICON_WARNING
 161 ICON_ERROR = _core_.ICON_ERROR
 162 FORWARD = _core_.FORWARD
 163 BACKWARD = _core_.BACKWARD
 164 RESET = _core_.RESET
 165 HELP = _core_.HELP
 166 MORE = _core_.MORE
 167 SETUP = _core_.SETUP
 168 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 169 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT = _core_.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 170 SIZE_AUTO = _core_.SIZE_AUTO
 171 SIZE_USE_EXISTING = _core_.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 172 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE = _core_.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 173 SIZE_FORCE = _core_.SIZE_FORCE
 174 PORTRAIT = _core_.PORTRAIT
 175 LANDSCAPE = _core_.LANDSCAPE
 176 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT = _core_.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 180 ID_ANY = _core_.ID_ANY
 181 ID_SEPARATOR = _core_.ID_SEPARATOR
 182 ID_NONE = _core_.ID_NONE
 183 ID_LOWEST = _core_.ID_LOWEST
 184 ID_OPEN = _core_.ID_OPEN
 185 ID_CLOSE = _core_.ID_CLOSE
 186 ID_NEW = _core_.ID_NEW
 187 ID_SAVE = _core_.ID_SAVE
 188 ID_SAVEAS = _core_.ID_SAVEAS
 189 ID_REVERT = _core_.ID_REVERT
 190 ID_EXIT = _core_.ID_EXIT
 191 ID_UNDO = _core_.ID_UNDO
 192 ID_REDO = _core_.ID_REDO
 193 ID_HELP = _core_.ID_HELP
 194 ID_PRINT = _core_.ID_PRINT
 195 ID_PRINT_SETUP = _core_.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 196 ID_PREVIEW = _core_.ID_PREVIEW
 197 ID_ABOUT = _core_.ID_ABOUT
 198 ID_HELP_CONTENTS = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 199 ID_HELP_COMMANDS = _core_.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 200 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES = _core_.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 201 ID_HELP_CONTEXT = _core_.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 202 ID_CLOSE_ALL = _core_.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 203 ID_PREFERENCES = _core_.ID_PREFERENCES
 204 ID_CUT = _core_.ID_CUT
 205 ID_COPY = _core_.ID_COPY
 206 ID_PASTE = _core_.ID_PASTE
 207 ID_CLEAR = _core_.ID_CLEAR
 208 ID_FIND = _core_.ID_FIND
 209 ID_DUPLICATE = _core_.ID_DUPLICATE
 210 ID_SELECTALL = _core_.ID_SELECTALL
 211 ID_DELETE = _core_.ID_DELETE
 212 ID_REPLACE = _core_.ID_REPLACE
 213 ID_REPLACE_ALL = _core_.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 214 ID_PROPERTIES = _core_.ID_PROPERTIES
 215 ID_VIEW_DETAILS = _core_.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 216 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 217 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS = _core_.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 218 ID_VIEW_LIST = _core_.ID_VIEW_LIST
 219 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 220 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 221 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 222 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE = _core_.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 223 ID_FILE1 = _core_.ID_FILE1
 224 ID_FILE2 = _core_.ID_FILE2
 225 ID_FILE3 = _core_.ID_FILE3
 226 ID_FILE4 = _core_.ID_FILE4
 227 ID_FILE5 = _core_.ID_FILE5
 228 ID_FILE6 = _core_.ID_FILE6
 229 ID_FILE7 = _core_.ID_FILE7
 230 ID_FILE8 = _core_.ID_FILE8
 231 ID_FILE9 = _core_.ID_FILE9
 232 ID_OK = _core_.ID_OK
 233 ID_CANCEL = _core_.ID_CANCEL
 234 ID_APPLY = _core_.ID_APPLY
 235 ID_YES = _core_.ID_YES
 236 ID_NO = _core_.ID_NO
 237 ID_STATIC = _core_.ID_STATIC
 238 ID_FORWARD = _core_.ID_FORWARD
 239 ID_BACKWARD = _core_.ID_BACKWARD
 240 ID_DEFAULT = _core_.ID_DEFAULT
 241 ID_MORE = _core_.ID_MORE
 242 ID_SETUP = _core_.ID_SETUP
 243 ID_RESET = _core_.ID_RESET
 244 ID_CONTEXT_HELP = _core_.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 245 ID_YESTOALL = _core_.ID_YESTOALL
 246 ID_NOTOALL = _core_.ID_NOTOALL
 247 ID_ABORT = _core_.ID_ABORT
 248 ID_RETRY = _core_.ID_RETRY
 249 ID_IGNORE = _core_.ID_IGNORE
 250 ID_ADD = _core_.ID_ADD
 251 ID_REMOVE = _core_.ID_REMOVE
 252 ID_UP = _core_.ID_UP
 253 ID_DOWN = _core_.ID_DOWN
 254 ID_HOME = _core_.ID_HOME
 255 ID_REFRESH = _core_.ID_REFRESH
 256 ID_STOP = _core_.ID_STOP
 257 ID_INDEX = _core_.ID_INDEX
 258 ID_BOLD = _core_.ID_BOLD
 259 ID_ITALIC = _core_.ID_ITALIC
 260 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 261 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 262 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 263 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT = _core_.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 264 ID_UNDERLINE = _core_.ID_UNDERLINE
 265 ID_INDENT = _core_.ID_INDENT
 266 ID_UNINDENT = _core_.ID_UNINDENT
 267 ID_ZOOM_100 = _core_.ID_ZOOM_100
 268 ID_ZOOM_FIT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 269 ID_ZOOM_IN = _core_.ID_ZOOM_IN
 270 ID_ZOOM_OUT = _core_.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 271 ID_UNDELETE = _core_.ID_UNDELETE
 272 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED = _core_.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 273 ID_HIGHEST = _core_.ID_HIGHEST
 274 ACCEL_ALT = _core_.ACCEL_ALT
 275 ACCEL_CTRL = _core_.ACCEL_CTRL
 276 ACCEL_SHIFT = _core_.ACCEL_SHIFT
 277 ACCEL_NORMAL = _core_.ACCEL_NORMAL
 278 PD_AUTO_HIDE = _core_.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 279 PD_APP_MODAL = _core_.PD_APP_MODAL
 280 PD_CAN_ABORT = _core_.PD_CAN_ABORT
 281 PD_ELAPSED_TIME = _core_.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 282 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME = _core_.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 283 PD_REMAINING_TIME = _core_.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 284 PD_SMOOTH = _core_.PD_SMOOTH
 285 PD_CAN_SKIP = _core_.PD_CAN_SKIP
 286 MENU_TEAROFF = _core_.MENU_TEAROFF
 287 MB_DOCKABLE = _core_.MB_DOCKABLE
 288 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 289 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE = _core_.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 290 LI_HORIZONTAL = _core_.LI_HORIZONTAL
 291 LI_VERTICAL = _core_.LI_VERTICAL
 292 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY = _core_.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 293 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS = _core_.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 294 WS_EX_TRANSIENT = _core_.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 295 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND = _core_.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 296 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 297 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES = _core_.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 298 MM_TEXT = _core_.MM_TEXT
 299 MM_LOMETRIC = _core_.MM_LOMETRIC
 300 MM_HIMETRIC = _core_.MM_HIMETRIC
 301 MM_LOENGLISH = _core_.MM_LOENGLISH
 302 MM_HIENGLISH = _core_.MM_HIENGLISH
 303 MM_TWIPS = _core_.MM_TWIPS
 304 MM_ISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ISOTROPIC
 305 MM_ANISOTROPIC = _core_.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 306 MM_POINTS = _core_.MM_POINTS
 307 MM_METRIC = _core_.MM_METRIC
 308 CENTRE = _core_.CENTRE
 309 CENTER = _core_.CENTER
 310 HORIZONTAL = _core_.HORIZONTAL
 311 VERTICAL = _core_.VERTICAL
 312 BOTH = _core_.BOTH
 313 LEFT = _core_.LEFT
 314 RIGHT = _core_.RIGHT
 315 UP = _core_.UP
 316 DOWN = _core_.DOWN
 317 TOP = _core_.TOP
 318 BOTTOM = _core_.BOTTOM
 319 NORTH = _core_.NORTH
 320 SOUTH = _core_.SOUTH
 321 WEST = _core_.WEST
 322 EAST = _core_.EAST
 323 ALL = _core_.ALL
 324 ALIGN_NOT = _core_.ALIGN_NOT
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 327 ALIGN_LEFT = _core_.ALIGN_LEFT
 328 ALIGN_TOP = _core_.ALIGN_TOP
 329 ALIGN_RIGHT = _core_.ALIGN_RIGHT
 330 ALIGN_BOTTOM = _core_.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 331 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 333 ALIGN_CENTER = _core_.ALIGN_CENTER
 334 ALIGN_CENTRE = _core_.ALIGN_CENTRE
 335 ALIGN_MASK = _core_.ALIGN_MASK
 336 STRETCH_NOT = _core_.STRETCH_NOT
 337 SHRINK = _core_.SHRINK
 338 GROW = _core_.GROW
 339 EXPAND = _core_.EXPAND
 340 SHAPED = _core_.SHAPED
 341 FIXED_MINSIZE = _core_.FIXED_MINSIZE
 342 TILE = _core_.TILE
 343 ADJUST_MINSIZE = _core_.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 344 BORDER_DEFAULT = _core_.BORDER_DEFAULT
 345 BORDER_NONE = _core_.BORDER_NONE
 346 BORDER_STATIC = _core_.BORDER_STATIC
 347 BORDER_SIMPLE = _core_.BORDER_SIMPLE
 348 BORDER_RAISED = _core_.BORDER_RAISED
 349 BORDER_SUNKEN = _core_.BORDER_SUNKEN
 350 BORDER_DOUBLE = _core_.BORDER_DOUBLE
 351 BORDER_MASK = _core_.BORDER_MASK
 352 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM = _core_.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 353 BG_STYLE_COLOUR = _core_.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 354 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM = _core_.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 355 DEFAULT = _core_.DEFAULT
 356 DECORATIVE = _core_.DECORATIVE
 357 ROMAN = _core_.ROMAN
 358 SCRIPT = _core_.SCRIPT
 359 SWISS = _core_.SWISS
 360 MODERN = _core_.MODERN
 361 TELETYPE = _core_.TELETYPE
 362 VARIABLE = _core_.VARIABLE
 363 FIXED = _core_.FIXED
 364 NORMAL = _core_.NORMAL
 365 LIGHT = _core_.LIGHT
 366 BOLD = _core_.BOLD
 367 ITALIC = _core_.ITALIC
 368 SLANT = _core_.SLANT
 369 SOLID = _core_.SOLID
 370 DOT = _core_.DOT
 371 LONG_DASH = _core_.LONG_DASH
 372 SHORT_DASH = _core_.SHORT_DASH
 373 DOT_DASH = _core_.DOT_DASH
 374 USER_DASH = _core_.USER_DASH
 375 TRANSPARENT = _core_.TRANSPARENT
 376 STIPPLE = _core_.STIPPLE
 377 STIPPLE_MASK = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK
 378 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = _core_.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 379 BDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 380 CROSSDIAG_HATCH = _core_.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 381 FDIAGONAL_HATCH = _core_.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 382 CROSS_HATCH = _core_.CROSS_HATCH
 383 HORIZONTAL_HATCH = _core_.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 384 VERTICAL_HATCH = _core_.VERTICAL_HATCH
 385 JOIN_BEVEL = _core_.JOIN_BEVEL
 386 JOIN_MITER = _core_.JOIN_MITER
 387 JOIN_ROUND = _core_.JOIN_ROUND
 388 CAP_ROUND = _core_.CAP_ROUND
 389 CAP_PROJECTING = _core_.CAP_PROJECTING
 390 CAP_BUTT = _core_.CAP_BUTT
 391 CLEAR = _core_.CLEAR
 392 XOR = _core_.XOR
 393 INVERT = _core_.INVERT
 394 OR_REVERSE = _core_.OR_REVERSE
 395 AND_REVERSE = _core_.AND_REVERSE
 396 COPY = _core_.COPY
 397 AND = _core_.AND
 398 AND_INVERT = _core_.AND_INVERT
 399 NO_OP = _core_.NO_OP
 400 NOR = _core_.NOR
 401 EQUIV = _core_.EQUIV
 402 SRC_INVERT = _core_.SRC_INVERT
 403 OR_INVERT = _core_.OR_INVERT
 404 NAND = _core_.NAND
 405 OR = _core_.OR
 406 SET = _core_.SET
 407 WXK_BACK = _core_.WXK_BACK
 408 WXK_TAB = _core_.WXK_TAB
 409 WXK_RETURN = _core_.WXK_RETURN
 410 WXK_ESCAPE = _core_.WXK_ESCAPE
 411 WXK_SPACE = _core_.WXK_SPACE
 412 WXK_DELETE = _core_.WXK_DELETE
 413 WXK_START = _core_.WXK_START
 414 WXK_LBUTTON = _core_.WXK_LBUTTON
 415 WXK_RBUTTON = _core_.WXK_RBUTTON
 416 WXK_CANCEL = _core_.WXK_CANCEL
 417 WXK_MBUTTON = _core_.WXK_MBUTTON
 418 WXK_CLEAR = _core_.WXK_CLEAR
 419 WXK_SHIFT = _core_.WXK_SHIFT
 420 WXK_ALT = _core_.WXK_ALT
 421 WXK_CONTROL = _core_.WXK_CONTROL
 422 WXK_MENU = _core_.WXK_MENU
 423 WXK_PAUSE = _core_.WXK_PAUSE
 424 WXK_CAPITAL = _core_.WXK_CAPITAL
 425 WXK_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_PRIOR
 426 WXK_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NEXT
 427 WXK_END = _core_.WXK_END
 428 WXK_HOME = _core_.WXK_HOME
 429 WXK_LEFT = _core_.WXK_LEFT
 430 WXK_UP = _core_.WXK_UP
 431 WXK_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_RIGHT
 432 WXK_DOWN = _core_.WXK_DOWN
 433 WXK_SELECT = _core_.WXK_SELECT
 434 WXK_PRINT = _core_.WXK_PRINT
 435 WXK_EXECUTE = _core_.WXK_EXECUTE
 436 WXK_SNAPSHOT = _core_.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 437 WXK_INSERT = _core_.WXK_INSERT
 438 WXK_HELP = _core_.WXK_HELP
 439 WXK_NUMPAD0 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD0
 440 WXK_NUMPAD1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD1
 441 WXK_NUMPAD2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD2
 442 WXK_NUMPAD3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD3
 443 WXK_NUMPAD4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD4
 444 WXK_NUMPAD5 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD5
 445 WXK_NUMPAD6 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD6
 446 WXK_NUMPAD7 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD7
 447 WXK_NUMPAD8 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD8
 448 WXK_NUMPAD9 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD9
 449 WXK_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_MULTIPLY
 450 WXK_ADD = _core_.WXK_ADD
 451 WXK_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_SEPARATOR
 452 WXK_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_SUBTRACT
 453 WXK_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_DECIMAL
 454 WXK_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_DIVIDE
 455 WXK_F1 = _core_.WXK_F1
 456 WXK_F2 = _core_.WXK_F2
 457 WXK_F3 = _core_.WXK_F3
 458 WXK_F4 = _core_.WXK_F4
 459 WXK_F5 = _core_.WXK_F5
 460 WXK_F6 = _core_.WXK_F6
 461 WXK_F7 = _core_.WXK_F7
 462 WXK_F8 = _core_.WXK_F8
 463 WXK_F9 = _core_.WXK_F9
 464 WXK_F10 = _core_.WXK_F10
 465 WXK_F11 = _core_.WXK_F11
 466 WXK_F12 = _core_.WXK_F12
 467 WXK_F13 = _core_.WXK_F13
 468 WXK_F14 = _core_.WXK_F14
 469 WXK_F15 = _core_.WXK_F15
 470 WXK_F16 = _core_.WXK_F16
 471 WXK_F17 = _core_.WXK_F17
 472 WXK_F18 = _core_.WXK_F18
 473 WXK_F19 = _core_.WXK_F19
 474 WXK_F20 = _core_.WXK_F20
 475 WXK_F21 = _core_.WXK_F21
 476 WXK_F22 = _core_.WXK_F22
 477 WXK_F23 = _core_.WXK_F23
 478 WXK_F24 = _core_.WXK_F24
 479 WXK_NUMLOCK = _core_.WXK_NUMLOCK
 480 WXK_SCROLL = _core_.WXK_SCROLL
 481 WXK_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_PAGEUP
 482 WXK_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_UP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_END = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 508 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 509 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = _core_.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 511 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 512 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU = _core_.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 513 WXK_COMMAND = _core_.WXK_COMMAND
 514 WXK_SPECIAL1 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL1
 515 WXK_SPECIAL2 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL2
 516 WXK_SPECIAL3 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL3
 517 WXK_SPECIAL4 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL4
 518 WXK_SPECIAL5 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL5
 519 WXK_SPECIAL6 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL6
 520 WXK_SPECIAL7 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL7
 521 WXK_SPECIAL8 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL8
 522 WXK_SPECIAL9 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL9
 523 WXK_SPECIAL10 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL10
 524 WXK_SPECIAL11 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL11
 525 WXK_SPECIAL12 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL12
 526 WXK_SPECIAL13 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL13
 527 WXK_SPECIAL14 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL14
 528 WXK_SPECIAL15 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL15
 529 WXK_SPECIAL16 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL16
 530 WXK_SPECIAL17 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL17
 531 WXK_SPECIAL18 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL18
 532 WXK_SPECIAL19 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL19
 533 WXK_SPECIAL20 = _core_.WXK_SPECIAL20
 534 PAPER_NONE = _core_.PAPER_NONE
 535 PAPER_LETTER = _core_.PAPER_LETTER
 536 PAPER_LEGAL = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL
 537 PAPER_A4 = _core_.PAPER_A4
 538 PAPER_CSHEET = _core_.PAPER_CSHEET
 539 PAPER_DSHEET = _core_.PAPER_DSHEET
 540 PAPER_ESHEET = _core_.PAPER_ESHEET
 541 PAPER_LETTERSMALL = _core_.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 542 PAPER_TABLOID = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID
 543 PAPER_LEDGER = _core_.PAPER_LEDGER
 544 PAPER_STATEMENT = _core_.PAPER_STATEMENT
 545 PAPER_EXECUTIVE = _core_.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 546 PAPER_A3 = _core_.PAPER_A3
 547 PAPER_A4SMALL = _core_.PAPER_A4SMALL
 548 PAPER_A5 = _core_.PAPER_A5
 549 PAPER_B4 = _core_.PAPER_B4
 550 PAPER_B5 = _core_.PAPER_B5
 551 PAPER_FOLIO = _core_.PAPER_FOLIO
 552 PAPER_QUARTO = _core_.PAPER_QUARTO
 553 PAPER_10X14 = _core_.PAPER_10X14
 554 PAPER_11X17 = _core_.PAPER_11X17
 555 PAPER_NOTE = _core_.PAPER_NOTE
 556 PAPER_ENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_9
 557 PAPER_ENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_10
 558 PAPER_ENV_11 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_11
 559 PAPER_ENV_12 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_12
 560 PAPER_ENV_14 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_14
 561 PAPER_ENV_DL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_DL
 562 PAPER_ENV_C5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C5
 563 PAPER_ENV_C3 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C3
 564 PAPER_ENV_C4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C4
 565 PAPER_ENV_C6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C6
 566 PAPER_ENV_C65 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_C65
 567 PAPER_ENV_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B4
 568 PAPER_ENV_B5 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B5
 569 PAPER_ENV_B6 = _core_.PAPER_ENV_B6
 570 PAPER_ENV_ITALY = _core_.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 571 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH = _core_.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 572 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL = _core_.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_US = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 574 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 575 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN = _core_.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 576 PAPER_ISO_B4 = _core_.PAPER_ISO_B4
 577 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 578 PAPER_9X11 = _core_.PAPER_9X11
 579 PAPER_10X11 = _core_.PAPER_10X11
 580 PAPER_15X11 = _core_.PAPER_15X11
 581 PAPER_ENV_INVITE = _core_.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 583 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 584 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 585 PAPER_A4_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 586 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 587 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 588 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 589 PAPER_A_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A_PLUS
 590 PAPER_B_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_B_PLUS
 591 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 592 PAPER_A4_PLUS = _core_.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 593 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 594 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 595 PAPER_A3_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 596 PAPER_A5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 597 PAPER_B5_EXTRA = _core_.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 598 PAPER_A2 = _core_.PAPER_A2
 599 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 600 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE = _core_.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 601 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 602 PAPER_A6 = _core_.PAPER_A6
 603 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 604 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 605 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 606 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 607 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 608 PAPER_A3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 609 PAPER_A4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 610 PAPER_A5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 611 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 612 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 613 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 614 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 615 PAPER_A6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 616 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 617 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 618 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 619 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 620 PAPER_B6_JIS = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS
 621 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 622 PAPER_12X11 = _core_.PAPER_12X11
 623 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 624 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 625 PAPER_P16K = _core_.PAPER_P16K
 626 PAPER_P32K = _core_.PAPER_P32K
 627 PAPER_P32KBIG = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG
 628 PAPER_PENV_1 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1
 629 PAPER_PENV_2 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2
 630 PAPER_PENV_3 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3
 631 PAPER_PENV_4 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4
 632 PAPER_PENV_5 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5
 633 PAPER_PENV_6 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6
 634 PAPER_PENV_7 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7
 635 PAPER_PENV_8 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8
 636 PAPER_PENV_9 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9
 637 PAPER_PENV_10 = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10
 638 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 639 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 640 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 641 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 642 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 643 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 644 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 645 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 646 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 647 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 648 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 649 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 650 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED = _core_.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 651 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX = _core_.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 652 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL = _core_.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 653 DUPLEX_VERTICAL = _core_.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 654 ITEM_SEPARATOR = _core_.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 655 ITEM_NORMAL = _core_.ITEM_NORMAL
 656 ITEM_CHECK = _core_.ITEM_CHECK
 657 ITEM_RADIO = _core_.ITEM_RADIO
 658 ITEM_MAX = _core_.ITEM_MAX
 659 HT_NOWHERE = _core_.HT_NOWHERE
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 667 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 668 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST = _core_.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 669 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 670 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE = _core_.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 671 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 672 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR = _core_.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 673 HT_WINDOW_CORNER = _core_.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 674 HT_MAX = _core_.HT_MAX
 675 MOD_NONE = _core_.MOD_NONE
 676 MOD_ALT = _core_.MOD_ALT
 677 MOD_CONTROL = _core_.MOD_CONTROL
 678 MOD_ALTGR = _core_.MOD_ALTGR
 679 MOD_SHIFT = _core_.MOD_SHIFT
 680 MOD_META = _core_.MOD_META
 681 MOD_WIN = _core_.MOD_WIN
 682 MOD_CMD = _core_.MOD_CMD
 683 MOD_ALL = _core_.MOD_ALL
 684 UPDATE_UI_NONE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 685 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 686 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = _core_.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 687 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 688
 689 class Object(object):
 690     """
 691     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not
 692     much functionality is needed nor exposed.
 693     """
 694     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 695     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
 696     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 697     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
 698         """
 699         GetClassName(self) -> String
 700
 701         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.
 702         """
 703         return _core_.Object_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
 704
 705     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
 706         """
 707         Destroy(self)
 708
 709         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
 710         """
 711         val = _core_.Object_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
 712         args[0].thisown = 0
 713         return val
 714
 715 _core_.Object_swigregister(Object)
 716 _wxPySetDictionary = _core_._wxPySetDictionary
 717 cvar = _core_.cvar
 718 EmptyString = cvar.EmptyString
 719
 720 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 721
 722 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY = _core_.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 742 CURSOR_NONE = _core_.CURSOR_NONE
 743 CURSOR_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_ARROW
 744 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 745 CURSOR_BULLSEYE = _core_.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 746 CURSOR_CHAR = _core_.CURSOR_CHAR
 747 CURSOR_CROSS = _core_.CURSOR_CROSS
 748 CURSOR_HAND = _core_.CURSOR_HAND
 749 CURSOR_IBEAM = _core_.CURSOR_IBEAM
 750 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 751 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER = _core_.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 752 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 753 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY = _core_.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 754 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH = _core_.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 755 CURSOR_PENCIL = _core_.CURSOR_PENCIL
 756 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 757 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT = _core_.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 758 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 759 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON = _core_.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 760 CURSOR_SIZENESW = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 761 CURSOR_SIZENS = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENS
 762 CURSOR_SIZENWSE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 763 CURSOR_SIZEWE = _core_.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 764 CURSOR_SIZING = _core_.CURSOR_SIZING
 765 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN = _core_.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 766 CURSOR_WAIT = _core_.CURSOR_WAIT
 767 CURSOR_WATCH = _core_.CURSOR_WATCH
 768 CURSOR_BLANK = _core_.CURSOR_BLANK
 769 CURSOR_DEFAULT = _core_.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 770 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW = _core_.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 771 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT = _core_.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 772 CURSOR_MAX = _core_.CURSOR_MAX
 773 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 774
 775 class Size(object):
 776     """
 777     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of
 778     something.  It simply contains integer width and height
 779     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is
 780     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead.
 781     """
 782     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 783     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 784     width = property(_core_.Size_width_get, _core_.Size_width_set)
 785     height = property(_core_.Size_height_get, _core_.Size_height_set)
 786     x = width; y = height
 787     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 788         """
 789         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size
 790
 791         Creates a size object.
 792         """
 793         _core_.Size_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Size(*args, **kwargs))
 794     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Size
 795     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 796     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 797         """
 798         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 799
 800         Test for equality of wx.Size objects.
 801         """
 802         return _core_.Size___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 803
 804     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 805         """
 806         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 807
 808         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects.
 809         """
 810         return _core_.Size___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 811
 812     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 813         """
 814         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 815
 816         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result.
 817         """
 818         return _core_.Size___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 819
 820     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 821         """
 822         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size
 823
 824         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result.
 825         """
 826         return _core_.Size___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 827
 828     def IncTo(*args, **kwargs):
 829         """
 830         IncTo(self, Size sz)
 831
 832         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less
 833         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 834         """
 835         return _core_.Size_IncTo(*args, **kwargs)
 836
 837     def DecTo(*args, **kwargs):
 838         """
 839         DecTo(self, Size sz)
 840
 841         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater
 842         than the corresponding dimensions of the size.
 843         """
 844         return _core_.Size_DecTo(*args, **kwargs)
 845
 846     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 847         """
 848         Set(self, int w, int h)
 849
 850         Set both width and height.
 851         """
 852         return _core_.Size_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 853
 854     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 855         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
 856         return _core_.Size_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 857
 858     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 859         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
 860         return _core_.Size_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 861
 862     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
 863         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
 864         return _core_.Size_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
 865
 866     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
 867         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
 868         return _core_.Size_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
 869
 870     def IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs):
 871         """
 872         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool
 873
 874         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values.
 875         """
 876         return _core_.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args, **kwargs)
 877
 878     def SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs):
 879         """
 880         SetDefaults(self, Size size)
 881
 882         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components
 883         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other.
 884         """
 885         return _core_.Size_SetDefaults(*args, **kwargs)
 886
 887     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 888         """
 889         Get() -> (width,height)
 890
 891         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple.
 892         """
 893         return _core_.Size_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 894
 895     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 896     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 897     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self.Get())
 898     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 899     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 900     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 901         if index == 0: self.width = val
 902         elif index == 1: self.height = val
 903         else: raise IndexError
 904     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
 905     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 906     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Size, self.Get())
 907
 908 _core_.Size_swigregister(Size)
 909
 910 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 911
 912 class RealPoint(object):
 913     """
 914     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating
 915     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a
 916     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple.
 917     """
 918     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
 919     __repr__ = _swig_repr
 920     x = property(_core_.RealPoint_x_get, _core_.RealPoint_x_set)
 921     y = property(_core_.RealPoint_y_get, _core_.RealPoint_y_set)
 922     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
 923         """
 924         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint
 925
 926         Create a wx.RealPoint object
 927         """
 928         _core_.RealPoint_swiginit(self,_core_.new_RealPoint(*args, **kwargs))
 929     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_RealPoint
 930     __del__ = lambda self : None;
 931     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
 932         """
 933         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 934
 935         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 936         """
 937         return _core_.RealPoint___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
 938
 939     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
 940         """
 941         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
 942
 943         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects.
 944         """
 945         return _core_.RealPoint___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
 946
 947     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
 948         """
 949         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 950
 951         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
 952         """
 953         return _core_.RealPoint___add__(*args, **kwargs)
 954
 955     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
 956         """
 957         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint
 958
 959         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
 960         """
 961         return _core_.RealPoint___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
 962
 963     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
 964         """
 965         Set(self, double x, double y)
 966
 967         Set both the x and y properties
 968         """
 969         return _core_.RealPoint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
 970
 971     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
 972         """
 973         Get() -> (x,y)
 974
 975         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
 976         """
 977         return _core_.RealPoint_Get(*args, **kwargs)
 978
 979     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
 980     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
 981     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self.Get())
 982     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
 983     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
 984     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
 985         if index == 0: self.x = val
 986         elif index == 1: self.y = val
 987         else: raise IndexError
 988     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
 989     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
 990     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.RealPoint, self.Get())
 991
 992 _core_.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint)
 993
 994 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 995
 996 class Point(object):
 997     """
 998     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x
 999     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can
1000     also accept a (x,y) tuple.
1001     """
1002     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1003     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1004     x = property(_core_.Point_x_get, _core_.Point_x_set)
1005     y = property(_core_.Point_y_get, _core_.Point_y_set)
1006     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1007         """
1008         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point
1009
1010         Create a wx.Point object
1011         """
1012         _core_.Point_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point(*args, **kwargs))
1013     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Point
1014     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1015     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1016         """
1017         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1018
1019         Test for equality of wx.Point objects.
1020         """
1021         return _core_.Point___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1022
1023     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1024         """
1025         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1026
1027         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects.
1028         """
1029         return _core_.Point___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1030
1031     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1032         """
1033         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1034
1035         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result.
1036         """
1037         return _core_.Point___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1038
1039     def __sub__(*args, **kwargs):
1040         """
1041         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1042
1043         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result
1044         """
1045         return _core_.Point___sub__(*args, **kwargs)
1046
1047     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1048         """
1049         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1050
1051         Add pt to this object.
1052         """
1053         return _core_.Point___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1054
1055     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1056         """
1057         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point
1058
1059         Subtract pt from this object.
1060         """
1061         return _core_.Point___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1062
1063     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1064         """
1065         Set(self, long x, long y)
1066
1067         Set both the x and y properties
1068         """
1069         return _core_.Point_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1070
1071     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1072         """
1073         Get() -> (x,y)
1074
1075         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.
1076         """
1077         return _core_.Point_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1078
1079     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1080     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1081     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self.Get())
1082     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1083     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1084     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1085         if index == 0: self.x = val
1086         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1087         else: raise IndexError
1088     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
1089     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1090     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point, self.Get())
1091
1092 _core_.Point_swigregister(Point)
1093
1094 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1095
1096 class Rect(object):
1097     """
1098     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y,
1099     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a
1100     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple.
1101     """
1102     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1103     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1104     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1105         """
1106         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect
1107
1108         Create a new Rect object.
1109         """
1110         _core_.Rect_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Rect(*args, **kwargs))
1111     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Rect
1112     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1113     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
1114         """GetX(self) -> int"""
1115         return _core_.Rect_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
1116
1117     def SetX(*args, **kwargs):
1118         """SetX(self, int x)"""
1119         return _core_.Rect_SetX(*args, **kwargs)
1120
1121     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
1122         """GetY(self) -> int"""
1123         return _core_.Rect_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
1124
1125     def SetY(*args, **kwargs):
1126         """SetY(self, int y)"""
1127         return _core_.Rect_SetY(*args, **kwargs)
1128
1129     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1130         """GetWidth(self) -> int"""
1131         return _core_.Rect_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1132
1133     def SetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
1134         """SetWidth(self, int w)"""
1135         return _core_.Rect_SetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
1136
1137     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1138         """GetHeight(self) -> int"""
1139         return _core_.Rect_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1140
1141     def SetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
1142         """SetHeight(self, int h)"""
1143         return _core_.Rect_SetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
1144
1145     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1146         """GetPosition(self) -> Point"""
1147         return _core_.Rect_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1148
1149     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
1150         """SetPosition(self, Point p)"""
1151         return _core_.Rect_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
1152
1153     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1154         """GetSize(self) -> Size"""
1155         return _core_.Rect_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1156
1157     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
1158         """SetSize(self, Size s)"""
1159         return _core_.Rect_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
1160
1161     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
1162         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool"""
1163         return _core_.Rect_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
1164
1165     def GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1166         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point"""
1167         return _core_.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1168
1169     def SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1170         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)"""
1171         return _core_.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1172
1173     def GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1174         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point"""
1175         return _core_.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1176
1177     def SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs):
1178         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)"""
1179         return _core_.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args, **kwargs)
1180
1181     def GetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1182         """GetLeft(self) -> int"""
1183         return _core_.Rect_GetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1184
1185     def GetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1186         """GetTop(self) -> int"""
1187         return _core_.Rect_GetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1188
1189     def GetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1190         """GetBottom(self) -> int"""
1191         return _core_.Rect_GetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1192
1193     def GetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1194         """GetRight(self) -> int"""
1195         return _core_.Rect_GetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1196
1197     def SetLeft(*args, **kwargs):
1198         """SetLeft(self, int left)"""
1199         return _core_.Rect_SetLeft(*args, **kwargs)
1200
1201     def SetRight(*args, **kwargs):
1202         """SetRight(self, int right)"""
1203         return _core_.Rect_SetRight(*args, **kwargs)
1204
1205     def SetTop(*args, **kwargs):
1206         """SetTop(self, int top)"""
1207         return _core_.Rect_SetTop(*args, **kwargs)
1208
1209     def SetBottom(*args, **kwargs):
1210         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)"""
1211         return _core_.Rect_SetBottom(*args, **kwargs)
1212
1213     position = property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
1214     size = property(GetSize, SetSize)
1215     left = property(GetLeft, SetLeft)
1216     right = property(GetRight, SetRight)
1217     top = property(GetTop, SetTop)
1218     bottom = property(GetBottom, SetBottom)
1219
1220     def Inflate(*args, **kwargs):
1221         """
1222         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1223
1224         Increases the size of the rectangle.
1225
1226         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved
1227         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the
1228         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and
1229         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``,
1230         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the
1231         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective
1232         direction.
1233
1234         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a
1235         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy
1236         first::
1237
1238             copy = wx.Rect(*original)
1239             copy.Inflate(10,15)
1240
1241
1242         """
1243         return _core_.Rect_Inflate(*args, **kwargs)
1244
1245     def Deflate(*args, **kwargs):
1246         """
1247         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect
1248
1249         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate`
1250         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to
1251         `Inflate` for a full description.
1252         """
1253         return _core_.Rect_Deflate(*args, **kwargs)
1254
1255     def OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs):
1256         """
1257         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy)
1258
1259         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the
1260         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the
1261         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively.
1262         """
1263         return _core_.Rect_OffsetXY(*args, **kwargs)
1264
1265     def Offset(*args, **kwargs):
1266         """
1267         Offset(self, Point pt)
1268
1269         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point
1270         """
1271         return _core_.Rect_Offset(*args, **kwargs)
1272
1273     def Intersect(*args, **kwargs):
1274         """
1275         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1276
1277         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect.
1278         """
1279         return _core_.Rect_Intersect(*args, **kwargs)
1280
1281     def Union(*args, **kwargs):
1282         """
1283         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1284
1285         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect.
1286         """
1287         return _core_.Rect_Union(*args, **kwargs)
1288
1289     def __add__(*args, **kwargs):
1290         """
1291         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1292
1293         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result.
1294         """
1295         return _core_.Rect___add__(*args, **kwargs)
1296
1297     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1298         """
1299         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect
1300
1301         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle.
1302         """
1303         return _core_.Rect___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1304
1305     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1306         """
1307         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1308
1309         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects.
1310         """
1311         return _core_.Rect___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1312
1313     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1314         """
1315         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1316
1317         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects.
1318         """
1319         return _core_.Rect___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1320
1321     def InsideXY(*args, **kwargs):
1322         """
1323         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool
1324
1325         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1326         """
1327         return _core_.Rect_InsideXY(*args, **kwargs)
1328
1329     def Inside(*args, **kwargs):
1330         """
1331         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool
1332
1333         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect.
1334         """
1335         return _core_.Rect_Inside(*args, **kwargs)
1336
1337     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
1338         """
1339         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool
1340
1341         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection.
1342         """
1343         return _core_.Rect_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
1344
1345     def CenterIn(*args, **kwargs):
1346         """
1347         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect
1348
1349         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is
1350         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one.
1351         """
1352         return _core_.Rect_CenterIn(*args, **kwargs)
1353
1354     CentreIn = CenterIn
1355     x = property(_core_.Rect_x_get, _core_.Rect_x_set)
1356     y = property(_core_.Rect_y_get, _core_.Rect_y_set)
1357     width = property(_core_.Rect_width_get, _core_.Rect_width_set)
1358     height = property(_core_.Rect_height_get, _core_.Rect_height_set)
1359     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1360         """
1361         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0)
1362
1363         Set all rectangle properties.
1364         """
1365         return _core_.Rect_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1366
1367     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1368         """
1369         Get() -> (x,y,width,height)
1370
1371         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple.
1372         """
1373         return _core_.Rect_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1374
1375     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1376     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1377     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self.Get())
1378     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1379     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1380     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1381         if index == 0: self.x = val
1382         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1383         elif index == 2: self.width = val
1384         elif index == 3: self.height = val
1385         else: raise IndexError
1386     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0,0,0)
1387     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1388     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Rect, self.Get())
1389
1390 _core_.Rect_swigregister(Rect)
1391
1392 def RectPP(*args, **kwargs):
1393     """
1394     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect
1395
1396     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners.
1397     """
1398     val = _core_.new_RectPP(*args, **kwargs)
1399     return val
1400
1401 def RectPS(*args, **kwargs):
1402     """
1403     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect
1404
1405     Create a new Rect from a position and size.
1406     """
1407     val = _core_.new_RectPS(*args, **kwargs)
1408     return val
1409
1410 def RectS(*args, **kwargs):
1411     """
1412     RectS(Size size) -> Rect
1413
1414     Create a new Rect from a size only.
1415     """
1416     val = _core_.new_RectS(*args, **kwargs)
1417     return val
1418
1419
1420 def IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs):
1421   """
1422     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect
1423
1424     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2.
1425     """
1426   return _core_.IntersectRect(*args, **kwargs)
1427 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1428
1429 class Point2D(object):
1430     """
1431     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
1432     with floating point values.
1433     """
1434     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1435     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1436     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1437         """
1438         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D
1439
1440         Create a w.Point2D object.
1441         """
1442         _core_.Point2D_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Point2D(*args, **kwargs))
1443     def GetFloor(*args, **kwargs):
1444         """
1445         GetFloor() -> (x,y)
1446
1447         Convert to integer
1448         """
1449         return _core_.Point2D_GetFloor(*args, **kwargs)
1450
1451     def GetRounded(*args, **kwargs):
1452         """
1453         GetRounded() -> (x,y)
1454
1455         Convert to integer
1456         """
1457         return _core_.Point2D_GetRounded(*args, **kwargs)
1458
1459     def GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1460         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double"""
1461         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1462
1463     def GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1464         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double"""
1465         return _core_.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1466
1467     def SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs):
1468         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)"""
1469         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args, **kwargs)
1470
1471     def SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs):
1472         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)"""
1473         return _core_.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args, **kwargs)
1474
1475     def SetPolarCoordinates(self, angle, length):
1476         self.SetVectorLength(length)
1477         self.SetVectorAngle(angle)
1478     def Normalize(self):
1479         self.SetVectorLength(1.0)
1480
1481     def GetDistance(*args, **kwargs):
1482         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1483         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistance(*args, **kwargs)
1484
1485     def GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs):
1486         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double"""
1487         return _core_.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args, **kwargs)
1488
1489     def GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1490         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1491         return _core_.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1492
1493     def GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs):
1494         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double"""
1495         return _core_.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args, **kwargs)
1496
1497     def __neg__(*args, **kwargs):
1498         """
1499         __neg__(self) -> Point2D
1500
1501         the reflection of this point
1502         """
1503         return _core_.Point2D___neg__(*args, **kwargs)
1504
1505     def __iadd__(*args, **kwargs):
1506         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1507         return _core_.Point2D___iadd__(*args, **kwargs)
1508
1509     def __isub__(*args, **kwargs):
1510         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1511         return _core_.Point2D___isub__(*args, **kwargs)
1512
1513     def __imul__(*args, **kwargs):
1514         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1515         return _core_.Point2D___imul__(*args, **kwargs)
1516
1517     def __idiv__(*args, **kwargs):
1518         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D"""
1519         return _core_.Point2D___idiv__(*args, **kwargs)
1520
1521     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
1522         """
1523         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1524
1525         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects.
1526         """
1527         return _core_.Point2D___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
1528
1529     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
1530         """
1531         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
1532
1533         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects.
1534         """
1535         return _core_.Point2D___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
1536
1537     x = property(_core_.Point2D_x_get, _core_.Point2D_x_set)
1538     y = property(_core_.Point2D_y_get, _core_.Point2D_y_set)
1539     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
1540         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)"""
1541         return _core_.Point2D_Set(*args, **kwargs)
1542
1543     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
1544         """
1545         Get() -> (x,y)
1546
1547         Return x and y properties as a tuple.
1548         """
1549         return _core_.Point2D_Get(*args, **kwargs)
1550
1551     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
1552     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
1553     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self.Get())
1554     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
1555     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
1556     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
1557         if index == 0: self.x = val
1558         elif index == 1: self.y = val
1559         else: raise IndexError
1560     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0.0, 0.0)
1561     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
1562     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.Point2D, self.Get())
1563
1564 _core_.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D)
1565
1566 def Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs):
1567     """
1568     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D
1569
1570     Create a w.Point2D object.
1571     """
1572     val = _core_.new_Point2DCopy(*args, **kwargs)
1573     return val
1574
1575 def Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs):
1576     """
1577     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D
1578
1579     Create a w.Point2D object.
1580     """
1581     val = _core_.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args, **kwargs)
1582     return val
1583
1584 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1585
1586 FromStart = _core_.FromStart
1587 FromCurrent = _core_.FromCurrent
1588 FromEnd = _core_.FromEnd
1589 class InputStream(object):
1590     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class"""
1591     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1592     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1593     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1594         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream"""
1595         _core_.InputStream_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InputStream(*args, **kwargs))
1596     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_InputStream
1597     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1598     def close(*args, **kwargs):
1599         """close(self)"""
1600         return _core_.InputStream_close(*args, **kwargs)
1601
1602     def flush(*args, **kwargs):
1603         """flush(self)"""
1604         return _core_.InputStream_flush(*args, **kwargs)
1605
1606     def eof(*args, **kwargs):
1607         """eof(self) -> bool"""
1608         return _core_.InputStream_eof(*args, **kwargs)
1609
1610     def read(*args, **kwargs):
1611         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1612         return _core_.InputStream_read(*args, **kwargs)
1613
1614     def readline(*args, **kwargs):
1615         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject"""
1616         return _core_.InputStream_readline(*args, **kwargs)
1617
1618     def readlines(*args, **kwargs):
1619         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject"""
1620         return _core_.InputStream_readlines(*args, **kwargs)
1621
1622     def seek(*args, **kwargs):
1623         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)"""
1624         return _core_.InputStream_seek(*args, **kwargs)
1625
1626     def tell(*args, **kwargs):
1627         """tell(self) -> int"""
1628         return _core_.InputStream_tell(*args, **kwargs)
1629
1630     def Peek(*args, **kwargs):
1631         """Peek(self) -> char"""
1632         return _core_.InputStream_Peek(*args, **kwargs)
1633
1634     def GetC(*args, **kwargs):
1635         """GetC(self) -> char"""
1636         return _core_.InputStream_GetC(*args, **kwargs)
1637
1638     def LastRead(*args, **kwargs):
1639         """LastRead(self) -> size_t"""
1640         return _core_.InputStream_LastRead(*args, **kwargs)
1641
1642     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1643         """CanRead(self) -> bool"""
1644         return _core_.InputStream_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1645
1646     def Eof(*args, **kwargs):
1647         """Eof(self) -> bool"""
1648         return _core_.InputStream_Eof(*args, **kwargs)
1649
1650     def Ungetch(*args, **kwargs):
1651         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool"""
1652         return _core_.InputStream_Ungetch(*args, **kwargs)
1653
1654     def SeekI(*args, **kwargs):
1655         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long"""
1656         return _core_.InputStream_SeekI(*args, **kwargs)
1657
1658     def TellI(*args, **kwargs):
1659         """TellI(self) -> long"""
1660         return _core_.InputStream_TellI(*args, **kwargs)
1661
1662 _core_.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream)
1663 DefaultPosition = cvar.DefaultPosition
1664 DefaultSize = cvar.DefaultSize
1665
1666 class OutputStream(object):
1667     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class"""
1668     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1669     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1670     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1671     def write(*args, **kwargs):
1672         """write(self, PyObject obj)"""
1673         return _core_.OutputStream_write(*args, **kwargs)
1674
1675     def LastWrite(*args, **kwargs):
1676         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t"""
1677         return _core_.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args, **kwargs)
1678
1679 _core_.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream)
1680
1681 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1682
1683 class FSFile(Object):
1684     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class"""
1685     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1686     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1687     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1688         """
1689         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,
1690             DateTime modif) -> FSFile
1691         """
1692         _core_.FSFile_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FSFile(*args, **kwargs))
1693         self.thisown = 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem
1694
1695     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FSFile
1696     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1697     def GetStream(*args, **kwargs):
1698         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream"""
1699         return _core_.FSFile_GetStream(*args, **kwargs)
1700
1701     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1702         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1703         return _core_.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1704
1705     def GetLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1706         """GetLocation(self) -> String"""
1707         return _core_.FSFile_GetLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1708
1709     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1710         """GetAnchor(self) -> String"""
1711         return _core_.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1712
1713     def GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs):
1714         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime"""
1715         return _core_.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args, **kwargs)
1716
1717 _core_.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile)
1718
1719 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object):
1720     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class"""
1721     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1722     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1723     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1724     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
1725     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1726 _core_.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler)
1727
1728 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1729     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class"""
1730     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1731     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1732     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1733         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler"""
1734         _core_.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystemHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1735         self._setCallbackInfo(self, FileSystemHandler)
1736
1737     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
1738         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
1739         return _core_.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
1740
1741     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1742         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1743         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1744
1745     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1746         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1747         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1748
1749     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1750         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1751         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1752
1753     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1754         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1755         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1756
1757     def GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs):
1758         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String"""
1759         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args, **kwargs)
1760
1761     def GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1762         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1763         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1764
1765     def GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs):
1766         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String"""
1767         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args, **kwargs)
1768
1769     def GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs):
1770         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String"""
1771         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args, **kwargs)
1772
1773     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs):
1774         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String"""
1775         return _core_.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args, **kwargs)
1776
1777 _core_.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler)
1778
1779 class FileSystem(Object):
1780     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class"""
1781     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1782     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1783     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1784         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem"""
1785         _core_.FileSystem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FileSystem(*args, **kwargs))
1786     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_FileSystem
1787     __del__ = lambda self : None;
1788     def ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs):
1789         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)"""
1790         return _core_.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args, **kwargs)
1791
1792     def GetPath(*args, **kwargs):
1793         """GetPath(self) -> String"""
1794         return _core_.FileSystem_GetPath(*args, **kwargs)
1795
1796     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1797         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile"""
1798         return _core_.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1799
1800     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1801         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1802         return _core_.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1803
1804     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1805         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1806         return _core_.FileSystem_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1807
1808     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1809         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1810         return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1811
1812     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
1813     def CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
1814         """CleanUpHandlers()"""
1815         return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
1816
1817     CleanUpHandlers = staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers)
1818     def FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1819         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1820         return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1821
1822     FileNameToURL = staticmethod(FileNameToURL)
1823     def URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1824         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1825         return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1826
1827     URLToFileName = staticmethod(URLToFileName)
1828 _core_.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem)
1829
1830 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
1831   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)"""
1832   return _core_.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
1833
1834 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args):
1835   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()"""
1836   return _core_.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args)
1837
1838 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs):
1839   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String"""
1840   return _core_.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args, **kwargs)
1841
1842 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs):
1843   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String"""
1844   return _core_.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args, **kwargs)
1845
1846 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1847     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class"""
1848     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1849     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1850     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1851         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler"""
1852         _core_.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InternetFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1853     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1854         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1855         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1856
1857     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1858         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1859         return _core_.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1860
1861 _core_.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler)
1862
1863 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1864     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class"""
1865     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1866     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1867     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1868         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler"""
1869         _core_.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ZipFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1870     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1871         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1872         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1873
1874     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1875         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1876         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1877
1878     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1879         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1880         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1881
1882     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1883         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1884         return _core_.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1885
1886 _core_.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler)
1887
1888
1889 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs):
1890   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)"""
1891   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args, **kwargs)
1892
1893 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
1894   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)"""
1895   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
1896
1897 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs):
1898   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)"""
1899   return _core_.__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args, **kwargs)
1900 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename, dataItem, imgType=-1):
1901     """
1902     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can
1903     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain
1904     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType
1905     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be
1906     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc.
1907     """
1908     if isinstance(dataItem, wx.Image):
1909         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1910     elif isinstance(dataItem, wx.Bitmap):
1911         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename, dataItem, imgType)
1912     elif type(dataItem) == str:
1913         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename, dataItem)
1914     else:
1915         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected'
1916
1917 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler):
1918     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class"""
1919     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1920     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1921     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
1922         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler"""
1923         _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args, **kwargs))
1924     def RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1925         """RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1926         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1927
1928     RemoveFile = staticmethod(RemoveFile)
1929     AddFile = staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile)
1930     def CanOpen(*args, **kwargs):
1931         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool"""
1932         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args, **kwargs)
1933
1934     def OpenFile(*args, **kwargs):
1935         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile"""
1936         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args, **kwargs)
1937
1938     def FindFirst(*args, **kwargs):
1939         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String"""
1940         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args, **kwargs)
1941
1942     def FindNext(*args, **kwargs):
1943         """FindNext(self) -> String"""
1944         return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args, **kwargs)
1945
1946 _core_.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler)
1947
1948 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs):
1949   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)"""
1950   return _core_.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args, **kwargs)
1951
1952 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
1953 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
1954 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = _core_.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
1955 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1956
1957 class ImageHandler(Object):
1958     """
1959     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
1960     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not
1961     normally seen by the application.
1962     """
1963     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
1964     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
1965     __repr__ = _swig_repr
1966     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
1967         """GetName(self) -> String"""
1968         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
1969
1970     def GetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1971         """GetExtension(self) -> String"""
1972         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1973
1974     def GetType(*args, **kwargs):
1975         """GetType(self) -> long"""
1976         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetType(*args, **kwargs)
1977
1978     def GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1979         """GetMimeType(self) -> String"""
1980         return _core_.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
1981
1982     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
1983         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool"""
1984         return _core_.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
1985
1986     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
1987         """SetName(self, String name)"""
1988         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
1989
1990     def SetExtension(*args, **kwargs):
1991         """SetExtension(self, String extension)"""
1992         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args, **kwargs)
1993
1994     def SetType(*args, **kwargs):
1995         """SetType(self, long type)"""
1996         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetType(*args, **kwargs)
1997
1998     def SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs):
1999         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)"""
2000         return _core_.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args, **kwargs)
2001
2002 _core_.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler)
2003
2004 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler):
2005     """
2006     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2007     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2008     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2009     the following methods::
2010
2011         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2012             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2013
2014         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2015             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2016
2017         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2018             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2019                this handler's image file format.'''
2020
2021         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2022             '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2023                how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2024
2025     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2026     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2027     `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2028
2029     """
2030     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2031     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2032     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2033         """
2034         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler
2035
2036         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and
2037         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom
2038         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide
2039         the following methods::
2040
2041             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool
2042                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream'''
2043
2044             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool
2045                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.'''
2046
2047             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool
2048                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using
2049                    this handler's image file format.'''
2050
2051             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int
2052                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image,
2053                    how many does the image on the stream have?'''
2054
2055         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to
2056         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and
2057         `SetExtension` from your constructor.
2058
2059         """
2060         _core_.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyImageHandler(*args, **kwargs))
2061         self._SetSelf(self)
2062
2063     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
2064         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
2065         return _core_.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
2066
2067 _core_.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler)
2068
2069 class ImageHistogram(object):
2070     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class"""
2071     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2072     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2073     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2074         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram"""
2075         _core_.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ImageHistogram(*args, **kwargs))
2076     def MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2077         """
2078         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2079
2080         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2081         """
2082         return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2083
2084     MakeKey = staticmethod(MakeKey)
2085     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2086         """
2087         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2088
2089         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2090         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2091         success flag and rgb values.
2092         """
2093         return _core_.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2094
2095     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
2096         """
2097         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long
2098
2099         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a
2100         key value from a RGB tripple.
2101         """
2102         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
2103
2104     def GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2105         """
2106         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2107
2108         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values.
2109         """
2110         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2111
2112     def GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs):
2113         """
2114         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long
2115
2116         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value.
2117         """
2118         return _core_.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args, **kwargs)
2119
2120 _core_.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram)
2121
2122 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs):
2123   """
2124     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long
2125
2126     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
2127     """
2128   return _core_.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args, **kwargs)
2129
2130 class Image_RGBValue(object):
2131     """
2132     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent
2133     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2134     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB
2135     color space.
2136     """
2137     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2138     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2139     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2140         """
2141         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue
2142
2143         Constructor.
2144         """
2145         _core_.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_RGBValue(*args, **kwargs))
2146     red = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_red_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_red_set)
2147     green = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_green_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_green_set)
2148     blue = property(_core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_get, _core_.Image_RGBValue_blue_set)
2149 _core_.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue)
2150
2151 class Image_HSVValue(object):
2152     """
2153     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which
2154     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and
2155     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB
2156     color space.
2157     """
2158     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2159     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2160     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2161         """
2162         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue
2163
2164         Constructor.
2165         """
2166         _core_.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image_HSVValue(*args, **kwargs))
2167     hue = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_hue_set)
2168     saturation = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set)
2169     value = property(_core_.Image_HSVValue_value_get, _core_.Image_HSVValue_value_set)
2170 _core_.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue)
2171
2172 class Image(Object):
2173     """
2174     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from
2175     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a
2176     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image
2177     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation.
2178
2179     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a
2180     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the
2181     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a
2182     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`.
2183
2184     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will
2185     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the
2186     bitmap object.
2187
2188     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte
2189     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also
2190     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0
2191     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255
2192     means that the pixel is 100% opaque.
2193
2194     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using
2195     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel
2196     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files
2197     with transparency information will have an alpha channel.
2198     """
2199     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
2200     __repr__ = _swig_repr
2201     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
2202         """
2203         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2204
2205         Loads an image from a file.
2206         """
2207         _core_.Image_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Image(*args, **kwargs))
2208     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Image
2209     __del__ = lambda self : None;
2210     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
2211         """
2212         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True)
2213
2214         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be
2215         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized.
2216         """
2217         return _core_.Image_Create(*args, **kwargs)
2218
2219     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
2220         """
2221         Destroy(self)
2222
2223         Destroys the image data.
2224         """
2225         val = _core_.Image_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
2226         args[0].thisown = 0
2227         return val
2228
2229     def Scale(*args, **kwargs):
2230         """
2231         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2232
2233         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling
2234         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a
2235         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.
2236         """
2237         return _core_.Image_Scale(*args, **kwargs)
2238
2239     def ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs):
2240         """
2241         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image
2242
2243         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors.
2244         """
2245         return _core_.Image_ShrinkBy(*args, **kwargs)
2246
2247     def Rescale(*args, **kwargs):
2248         """
2249         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image
2250
2251         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to
2252         this function, the image will have the given width and height.
2253
2254         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2255         """
2256         return _core_.Image_Rescale(*args, **kwargs)
2257
2258     def Resize(*args, **kwargs):
2259         """
2260         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2261
2262         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding
2263         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2264         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2265         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new
2266         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2267         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2268         newly exposed areas.
2269
2270         Returns the (modified) image itself.
2271         """
2272         return _core_.Image_Resize(*args, **kwargs)
2273
2274     def SetRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2275         """
2276         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2277
2278         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs
2279         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to
2280         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that
2281         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to
2282         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method.
2283         """
2284         return _core_.Image_SetRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2285
2286     def SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs):
2287         """
2288         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2289
2290         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine
2291         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a
2292         safe way to manipulate the data.
2293         """
2294         return _core_.Image_SetRGBRect(*args, **kwargs)
2295
2296     def GetRed(*args, **kwargs):
2297         """
2298         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2299
2300         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate.
2301         """
2302         return _core_.Image_GetRed(*args, **kwargs)
2303
2304     def GetGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2305         """
2306         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2307
2308         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate.
2309         """
2310         return _core_.Image_GetGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2311
2312     def GetBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2313         """
2314         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2315
2316         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate.
2317         """
2318         return _core_.Image_GetBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2319
2320     def SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2321         """
2322         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha)
2323
2324         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be
2325         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check
2326         for this.
2327         """
2328         return _core_.Image_SetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2329
2330     def GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2331         """
2332         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte
2333
2334         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be
2335         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for
2336         this.
2337
2338         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0
2339         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to
2340         the fully opaque pixels.
2341         """
2342         return _core_.Image_GetAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2343
2344     def HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2345         """
2346         HasAlpha(self) -> bool
2347
2348         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise.
2349         """
2350         return _core_.Image_HasAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2351
2352     def InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2353         """
2354         InitAlpha(self)
2355
2356         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if
2357         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by
2358         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image
2359         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent.
2360         """
2361         return _core_.Image_InitAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2362
2363     def IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs):
2364         """
2365         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2366
2367         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less
2368         than the spcified threshold.
2369         """
2370         return _core_.Image_IsTransparent(*args, **kwargs)
2371
2372     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs):
2373         """
2374         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b)
2375
2376         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB
2377         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a
2378         success flag and rgb values.
2379         """
2380         return _core_.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args, **kwargs)
2381
2382     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs):
2383         """
2384         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool
2385
2386         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All
2387         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the
2388         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is
2389         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`.
2390
2391         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does
2392         nothing.
2393         """
2394         return _core_.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args, **kwargs)
2395
2396     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2397         """
2398         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool
2399
2400         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is
2401         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey)
2402         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC
2403         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although
2404         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This
2405         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text.
2406         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given.
2407         """
2408         return _core_.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2409
2410     def SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs):
2411         """
2412         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool
2413
2414         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of
2415         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done
2416         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as
2417         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the
2418         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value.
2419
2420         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the
2421         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the
2422         mask was successfully applied.
2423
2424         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is
2425         computationally intensive operation.
2426         """
2427         return _core_.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args, **kwargs)
2428
2429     def CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2430         """
2431         CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2432
2433         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2434         """
2435         return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2436
2437     CanRead = staticmethod(CanRead)
2438     def GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2439         """
2440         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2441
2442         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2443         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2444         the number of available images.
2445         """
2446         return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2447
2448     GetImageCount = staticmethod(GetImageCount)
2449     def LoadFile(*args, **kwargs):
2450         """
2451         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2452
2453         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the
2454         library will try to autodetect the format.
2455         """
2456         return _core_.Image_LoadFile(*args, **kwargs)
2457
2458     def LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2459         """
2460         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2461
2462         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type
2463         string.
2464         """
2465         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2466
2467     def SaveFile(*args, **kwargs):
2468         """
2469         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool
2470
2471         Saves an image in the named file.
2472         """
2473         return _core_.Image_SaveFile(*args, **kwargs)
2474
2475     def SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs):
2476         """
2477         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool
2478
2479         Saves an image in the named file.
2480         """
2481         return _core_.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args, **kwargs)
2482
2483     def CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2484         """
2485         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2486
2487         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2488         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2489         object.
2490         """
2491         return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2492
2493     CanReadStream = staticmethod(CanReadStream)
2494     def LoadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2495         """
2496         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool
2497
2498         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2499         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to
2500         autodetect the format.
2501         """
2502         return _core_.Image_LoadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2503
2504     def LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs):
2505         """
2506         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool
2507
2508         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like
2509         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format.
2510         """
2511         return _core_.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args, **kwargs)
2512
2513     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
2514         """
2515         Ok(self) -> bool
2516
2517         Returns true if image data is present.
2518         """
2519         return _core_.Image_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
2520
2521     def GetWidth(*args, **kwargs):
2522         """
2523         GetWidth(self) -> int
2524
2525         Gets the width of the image in pixels.
2526         """
2527         return _core_.Image_GetWidth(*args, **kwargs)
2528
2529     def GetHeight(*args, **kwargs):
2530         """
2531         GetHeight(self) -> int
2532
2533         Gets the height of the image in pixels.
2534         """
2535         return _core_.Image_GetHeight(*args, **kwargs)
2536
2537     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
2538         """
2539         GetSize(self) -> Size
2540
2541         Returns the size of the image in pixels.
2542         """
2543         return _core_.Image_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
2544
2545     def GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs):
2546         """
2547         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image
2548
2549         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs
2550         entirely to the image.
2551         """
2552         return _core_.Image_GetSubImage(*args, **kwargs)
2553
2554     def Size(*args, **kwargs):
2555         """
2556         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image
2557
2558         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding
2559         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The
2560         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background
2561         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new
2562         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask
2563         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any
2564         newly exposed areas.
2565         """
2566         return _core_.Image_Size(*args, **kwargs)
2567
2568     def Copy(*args, **kwargs):
2569         """
2570         Copy(self) -> Image
2571
2572         Returns an identical copy of the image.
2573         """
2574         return _core_.Image_Copy(*args, **kwargs)
2575
2576     def Paste(*args, **kwargs):
2577         """
2578         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y)
2579
2580         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour
2581         and any out of bounds problems.
2582         """
2583         return _core_.Image_Paste(*args, **kwargs)
2584
2585     def GetData(*args, **kwargs):
2586         """
2587         GetData(self) -> PyObject
2588
2589         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image.
2590         """
2591         return _core_.Image_GetData(*args, **kwargs)
2592
2593     def SetData(*args, **kwargs):
2594         """
2595         SetData(self, buffer data)
2596
2597         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts
2598         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of
2599         the data must be width*height*3.
2600         """
2601         return _core_.Image_SetData(*args, **kwargs)
2602
2603     def GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2604         """
2605         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject
2606
2607         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB
2608         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do
2609         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed.
2610         """
2611         return _core_.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2612
2613     def SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2614         """
2615         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data)
2616
2617         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer
2618         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must
2619         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does.
2620         """
2621         return _core_.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2622
2623     def GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2624         """
2625         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject
2626
2627         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image.
2628         """
2629         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2630
2631     def SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs):
2632         """
2633         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha)
2634
2635         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either
2636         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the
2637         data must be width*height.
2638         """
2639         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaData(*args, **kwargs)
2640
2641     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2642         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject"""
2643         return _core_.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2644
2645     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs):
2646         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)"""
2647         return _core_.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args, **kwargs)
2648
2649     def SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2650         """
2651         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b)
2652
2653         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the
2654         mask).
2655         """
2656         return _core_.Image_SetMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2657
2658     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs):
2659         """
2660         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b)
2661
2662         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour.
2663         """
2664         return _core_.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args, **kwargs)
2665
2666     def GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs):
2667         """
2668         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte
2669
2670         Gets the red component of the mask colour.
2671         """
2672         return _core_.Image_GetMaskRed(*args, **kwargs)
2673
2674     def GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs):
2675         """
2676         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte
2677
2678         Gets the green component of the mask colour.
2679         """
2680         return _core_.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args, **kwargs)
2681
2682     def GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs):
2683         """
2684         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte
2685
2686         Gets the blue component of the mask colour.
2687         """
2688         return _core_.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args, **kwargs)
2689
2690     def SetMask(*args, **kwargs):
2691         """
2692         SetMask(self, bool mask=True)
2693
2694         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is
2695         determined by the current mask colour.
2696         """
2697         return _core_.Image_SetMask(*args, **kwargs)
2698
2699     def HasMask(*args, **kwargs):
2700         """
2701         HasMask(self) -> bool
2702
2703         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise.
2704         """
2705         return _core_.Image_HasMask(*args, **kwargs)
2706
2707     def Rotate(*args, **kwargs):
2708         """
2709         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,
2710             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image
2711
2712         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing
2713         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is
2714         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the
2715         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black
2716         will be used as the fill colour.
2717
2718         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
2719         """
2720         return _core_.Image_Rotate(*args, **kwargs)
2721
2722     def Rotate90(*args, **kwargs):
2723         """
2724         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image
2725
2726         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction
2727         indicated by ``clockwise``.
2728         """
2729         return _core_.Image_Rotate90(*args, **kwargs)
2730
2731     def Mirror(*args, **kwargs):
2732         """
2733         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image
2734
2735         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally``
2736         indicates the orientation.
2737         """
2738         return _core_.Image_Mirror(*args, **kwargs)
2739
2740     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
2741         """
2742         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2)
2743
2744         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour
2745         ``(r2,g2,b2)``.
2746         """
2747         return _core_.Image_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
2748
2749     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs):
2750         """
2751         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image
2752
2753         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the
2754         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb),
2755         defaults to ITU-T BT.601
2756         """
2757         return _core_.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args, **kwargs)
2758
2759     def ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs):
2760         """
2761         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image
2762
2763         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has
2764         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black
2765         colour everywhere else.
2766         """
2767         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMono(*args, **kwargs)
2768
2769     def SetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2770         """
2771         SetOption(self, String name, String value)
2772
2773         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a
2774         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a
2775         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good).
2776         """
2777         return _core_.Image_SetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2778
2779     def SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2780         """
2781         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value)
2782
2783         Sets an image option as an integer.
2784         """
2785         return _core_.Image_SetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2786
2787     def GetOption(*args, **kwargs):
2788         """
2789         GetOption(self, String name) -> String
2790
2791         Gets the value of an image handler option.
2792         """
2793         return _core_.Image_GetOption(*args, **kwargs)
2794
2795     def GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs):
2796         """
2797         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int
2798
2799         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given
2800         option is not present, the function returns 0.
2801         """
2802         return _core_.Image_GetOptionInt(*args, **kwargs)
2803
2804     def HasOption(*args, **kwargs):
2805         """
2806         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool
2807
2808         Returns true if the given option is present.
2809         """
2810         return _core_.Image_HasOption(*args, **kwargs)
2811
2812     def CountColours(*args, **kwargs):
2813         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long"""
2814         return _core_.Image_CountColours(*args, **kwargs)
2815
2816     def ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs):
2817         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long"""
2818         return _core_.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args, **kwargs)
2819
2820     def AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2821         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2822         return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2823
2824     AddHandler = staticmethod(AddHandler)
2825     def InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2826         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2827         return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2828
2829     InsertHandler = staticmethod(InsertHandler)
2830     def RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2831         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2832         return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2833
2834     RemoveHandler = staticmethod(RemoveHandler)
2835     def GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs):
2836         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
2837         return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args, **kwargs)
2838
2839     GetHandlers = staticmethod(GetHandlers)
2840     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs):
2841         """
2842         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
2843
2844         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
2845         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
2846         dialog boxes.
2847         """
2848         return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args, **kwargs)
2849
2850     GetImageExtWildcard = staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard)
2851     def ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2852         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap"""
2853         return _core_.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2854
2855     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2856         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap"""
2857         return _core_.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2858
2859     def RotateHue(*args, **kwargs):
2860         """
2861         RotateHue(self, double angle)
2862
2863         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the
2864         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
2865         """
2866         return _core_.Image_RotateHue(*args, **kwargs)
2867
2868     def RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
2869         """
2870         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
2871
2872         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
2873         """
2874         return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
2875
2876     RGBtoHSV = staticmethod(RGBtoHSV)
2877     def HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
2878         """
2879         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
2880
2881         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
2882         """
2883         return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
2884
2885     HSVtoRGB = staticmethod(HSVtoRGB)
2886     def __nonzero__(self): return self.Ok()
2887 _core_.Image_swigregister(Image)
2888
2889 def ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs):
2890     """
2891     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2892
2893     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as
2894     'image/jpeg') to specify image type.
2895     """
2896     val = _core_.new_ImageFromMime(*args, **kwargs)
2897     return val
2898
2899 def ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs):
2900     """
2901     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image
2902
2903     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2904     object.
2905     """
2906     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStream(*args, **kwargs)
2907     return val
2908
2909 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs):
2910     """
2911     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image
2912
2913     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like
2914     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string.
2915     """
2916     val = _core_.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args, **kwargs)
2917     return val
2918
2919 def EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs):
2920     """
2921     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image
2922
2923     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all
2924     pixels to black.
2925     """
2926     val = _core_.new_EmptyImage(*args, **kwargs)
2927     return val
2928
2929 def ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
2930     """
2931     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image
2932
2933     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`.
2934     """
2935     val = _core_.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
2936     return val
2937
2938 def ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs):
2939     """
2940     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image
2941
2942     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a
2943     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data
2944     must be width*height*3.
2945     """
2946     val = _core_.new_ImageFromData(*args, **kwargs)
2947     return val
2948
2949 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs):
2950     """
2951     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image
2952
2953     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel.
2954     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the
2955     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the
2956     alpha data must be width*height bytes.
2957     """
2958     val = _core_.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args, **kwargs)
2959     return val
2960
2961 def Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs):
2962   """
2963     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool
2964
2965     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file.
2966     """
2967   return _core_.Image_CanRead(*args, **kwargs)
2968
2969 def Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs):
2970   """
2971     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int
2972
2973     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler
2974     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return
2975     the number of available images.
2976     """
2977   return _core_.Image_GetImageCount(*args, **kwargs)
2978
2979 def Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs):
2980   """
2981     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool
2982
2983     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the
2984     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like
2985     object.
2986     """
2987   return _core_.Image_CanReadStream(*args, **kwargs)
2988
2989 def Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2990   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2991   return _core_.Image_AddHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2992
2993 def Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2994   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)"""
2995   return _core_.Image_InsertHandler(*args, **kwargs)
2996
2997 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs):
2998   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool"""
2999   return _core_.Image_RemoveHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3000
3001 def Image_GetHandlers(*args):
3002   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject"""
3003   return _core_.Image_GetHandlers(*args)
3004
3005 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args):
3006   """
3007     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String
3008
3009     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string
3010     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save
3011     dialog boxes.
3012     """
3013   return _core_.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args)
3014
3015 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs):
3016   """
3017     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue
3018
3019     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space.
3020     """
3021   return _core_.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args, **kwargs)
3022
3023 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs):
3024   """
3025     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue
3026
3027     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space.
3028     """
3029   return _core_.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args, **kwargs)
3030
3031 def InitAllImageHandlers():
3032     """
3033     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to
3034     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP.
3035     """
3036     pass
3037
3038 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
3039 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = _core_.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
3040 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR = _core_.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
3041 PNG_TYPE_GREY = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY
3042 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = _core_.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
3043 BMP_24BPP = _core_.BMP_24BPP
3044 BMP_8BPP = _core_.BMP_8BPP
3045 BMP_8BPP_GREY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GREY
3046 BMP_8BPP_GRAY = _core_.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
3047 BMP_8BPP_RED = _core_.BMP_8BPP_RED
3048 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE = _core_.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
3049 BMP_4BPP = _core_.BMP_4BPP
3050 BMP_1BPP = _core_.BMP_1BPP
3051 BMP_1BPP_BW = _core_.BMP_1BPP_BW
3052 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler):
3053     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files."""
3054     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3055     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3056     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3057         """
3058         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler
3059
3060         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.
3061         """
3062         _core_.BMPHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BMPHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3063 _core_.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler)
3064 NullImage = cvar.NullImage
3065 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
3066 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
3067 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
3068 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
3069 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
3070 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
3071 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
3072 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
3073 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
3074 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
3075 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH = cvar.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
3080
3081 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler):
3082     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files."""
3083     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3084     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3085     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3086         """
3087         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler
3088
3089         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.
3090         """
3091         _core_.ICOHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ICOHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3092 _core_.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler)
3093
3094 class CURHandler(ICOHandler):
3095     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files."""
3096     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3097     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3098     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3099         """
3100         __init__(self) -> CURHandler
3101
3102         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.
3103         """
3104         _core_.CURHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CURHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3105 _core_.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler)
3106
3107 class ANIHandler(CURHandler):
3108     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files."""
3109     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3110     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3111     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3112         """
3113         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler
3114
3115         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.
3116         """
3117         _core_.ANIHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ANIHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3118 _core_.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler)
3119
3120 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler):
3121     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files."""
3122     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3123     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3124     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3125         """
3126         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler
3127
3128         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.
3129         """
3130         _core_.PNGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3131 _core_.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler)
3132
3133 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler):
3134     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files."""
3135     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3136     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3137     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3138         """
3139         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler
3140
3141         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.
3142         """
3143         _core_.GIFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GIFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3144 _core_.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler)
3145
3146 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler):
3147     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files."""
3148     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3149     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3150     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3151         """
3152         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler
3153
3154         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.
3155         """
3156         _core_.PCXHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PCXHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3157 _core_.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler)
3158
3159 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler):
3160     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files."""
3161     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3162     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3163     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3164         """
3165         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler
3166
3167         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.
3168         """
3169         _core_.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_JPEGHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3170 _core_.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler)
3171
3172 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler):
3173     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files."""
3174     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3175     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3176     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3177         """
3178         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler
3179
3180         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.
3181         """
3182         _core_.PNMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PNMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3183 _core_.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler)
3184
3185 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler):
3186     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image."""
3187     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3188     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3189     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3190         """
3191         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler
3192
3193         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.
3194         """
3195         _core_.XPMHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_XPMHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3196 _core_.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler)
3197
3198 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler):
3199     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files."""
3200     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3201     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3202     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3203         """
3204         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler
3205
3206         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.
3207         """
3208         _core_.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_TIFFHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3209 _core_.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler)
3210
3211 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS = _core_.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
3212 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE = _core_.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
3213 class Quantize(object):
3214     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage."""
3215     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3216     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3217     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3218     def Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3219         """
3220         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3221
3222         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3223         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3224         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3225         """
3226         return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3227
3228     Quantize = staticmethod(Quantize)
3229 _core_.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize)
3230
3231 def Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs):
3232   """
3233     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool
3234
3235     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
3236     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if
3237     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
3238     """
3239   return _core_.Quantize_Quantize(*args, **kwargs)
3240
3241 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3242
3243 class EvtHandler(Object):
3244     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class"""
3245     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3246     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3247     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3248         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3249         _core_.EvtHandler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EvtHandler(*args, **kwargs))
3250     def GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3251         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3252         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3253
3254     def GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3255         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
3256         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3257
3258     def SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3259         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3260         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3261
3262     def SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs):
3263         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
3264         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args, **kwargs)
3265
3266     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3267         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool"""
3268         return _core_.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3269
3270     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
3271         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)"""
3272         return _core_.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
3273
3274     def ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3275         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool"""
3276         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3277
3278     def AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3279         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)"""
3280         return _core_.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3281
3282     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
3283         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)"""
3284         return _core_.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
3285
3286     def Connect(*args, **kwargs):
3287         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)"""
3288         return _core_.EvtHandler_Connect(*args, **kwargs)
3289
3290     def Disconnect(*args, **kwargs):
3291         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool"""
3292         return _core_.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args, **kwargs)
3293
3294     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
3295         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)"""
3296         val = _core_.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
3297         args[0].thisown = 0
3298         return val
3299
3300     def Bind(self, event, handler, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3301         """
3302         Bind an event to an event handler.
3303
3304         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the
3305                       type of event to bind,
3306
3307         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the
3308                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to
3309                       disconnect an event handler.
3310
3311         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a
3312                       different window than self, but you still
3313                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a
3314                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By
3315                       passing the source of the event, the event
3316                       handling system is able to differentiate
3317                       between the same event type from different
3318                       controls.
3319
3320         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead
3321                    of instance.
3322
3323         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler
3324                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.
3325         """
3326         if source is not None:
3327             id  = source.GetId()
3328         event.Bind(self, id, id2, handler)
3329
3330     def Unbind(self, event, source=None, id=wx.ID_ANY, id2=wx.ID_ANY):
3331         """
3332         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.
3333         Returns True if successful.
3334         """
3335         if source is not None:
3336             id  = source.GetId()
3337         return event.Unbind(self, id, id2)
3338
3339 _core_.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler)
3340
3341 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3342
3343 class PyEventBinder(object):
3344     """
3345     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event
3346     handlers.
3347     """
3348     def __init__(self, evtType, expectedIDs=0):
3349         if expectedIDs not in [0, 1, 2]:
3350             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs"
3351         self.expectedIDs = expectedIDs
3352
3353         if type(evtType) == list or type(evtType) == tuple:
3354             self.evtType = evtType
3355         else:
3356             self.evtType = [evtType]
3357
3358
3359     def Bind(self, target, id1, id2, function):
3360         """Bind this set of event types to target."""
3361         for et in self.evtType:
3362             target.Connect(id1, id2, et, function)
3363
3364
3365     def Unbind(self, target, id1, id2):
3366         """Remove an event binding."""
3367         success = 0
3368         for et in self.evtType:
3369             success += target.Disconnect(id1, id2, et)
3370         return success != 0
3371
3372
3373     def __call__(self, *args):
3374         """
3375         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions.
3376         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID,
3377         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the
3378         type of the event.
3379         """
3380         assert len(args) == 2 + self.expectedIDs
3381         id1 = wx.ID_ANY
3382         id2 = wx.ID_ANY
3383         target = args[0]
3384         if self.expectedIDs == 0:
3385             func = args[1]
3386         elif self.expectedIDs == 1:
3387             id1 = args[1]
3388             func = args[2]
3389         elif self.expectedIDs == 2:
3390             id1 = args[1]
3391             id2 = args[2]
3392             func = args[3]
3393         else:
3394             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs"
3395
3396         self.Bind(target, id1, id2, func)
3397
3398
3399 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole...
3400 def EVT_COMMAND(win, id, cmd, func):
3401     win.Connect(id, -1, cmd, func)
3402 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win, id1, id2, cmd, func):
3403     win.Connect(id1, id2, cmd, func)
3404
3405
3406 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3407
3408 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3409
3410 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
3411 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = _core_.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
3412
3413 def NewEventType(*args):
3414   """NewEventType() -> EventType"""
3415   return _core_.NewEventType(*args)
3416 wxEVT_NULL = _core_.wxEVT_NULL
3417 wxEVT_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_FIRST
3418 wxEVT_USER_FIRST = _core_.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
3419 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
3420 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
3421 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
3422 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
3423 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
3424 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
3425 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
3426 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
3427 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
3428 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
3429 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
3430 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
3431 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
3432 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
3433 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
3434 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
3435 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
3436 wxEVT_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
3437 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
3438 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
3439 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
3440 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
3441 wxEVT_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_MOTION
3442 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
3443 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
3444 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
3445 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3446 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
3447 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
3448 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
3449 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
3450 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3451 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
3452 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
3453 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
3454 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
3455 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
3456 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
3457 wxEVT_NC_MOTION = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
3458 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
3459 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
3460 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
3461 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
3462 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
3463 wxEVT_CHAR = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR
3464 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK = _core_.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
3465 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = _core_.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
3466 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
3467 wxEVT_KEY_UP = _core_.wxEVT_KEY_UP
3468 wxEVT_HOTKEY = _core_.wxEVT_HOTKEY
3469 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR = _core_.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
3470 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
3471 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
3472 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
3473 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
3474 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
3475 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
3476 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
3477 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
3478 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3479 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3480 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
3481 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
3482 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
3483 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
3484 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
3485 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
3486 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
3487 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = _core_.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
3488 wxEVT_SIZE = _core_.wxEVT_SIZE
3489 wxEVT_MOVE = _core_.wxEVT_MOVE
3490 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW = _core_.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
3491 wxEVT_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_END_SESSION
3492 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
3493 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
3494 wxEVT_ACTIVATE = _core_.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
3495 wxEVT_CREATE = _core_.wxEVT_CREATE
3496 wxEVT_DESTROY = _core_.wxEVT_DESTROY
3497 wxEVT_SHOW = _core_.wxEVT_SHOW
3498 wxEVT_ICONIZE = _core_.wxEVT_ICONIZE
3499 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE = _core_.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
3500 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
3501 wxEVT_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT
3502 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = _core_.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
3503 wxEVT_NC_PAINT = _core_.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
3504 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON = _core_.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
3505 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
3506 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
3507 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = _core_.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
3508 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU = _core_.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
3509 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
3510 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
3511 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
3512 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = _core_.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
3513 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
3514 wxEVT_DROP_FILES = _core_.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
3515 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
3516 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
3517 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM = _core_.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
3518 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG = _core_.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
3519 wxEVT_IDLE = _core_.wxEVT_IDLE
3520 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI = _core_.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
3521 wxEVT_SIZING = _core_.wxEVT_SIZING
3522 wxEVT_MOVING = _core_.wxEVT_MOVING
3523 wxEVT_HIBERNATE = _core_.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
3524 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
3525 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
3526 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
3527 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
3528 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
3529 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
3530 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
3531 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
3532 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
3533 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER = _core_.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
3534 #
3535 # Create some event binders
3536 EVT_SIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE )
3537 EVT_SIZING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING )
3538 EVT_MOVE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE )
3539 EVT_MOVING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING )
3540 EVT_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW )
3541 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3542 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3543 EVT_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT )
3544 EVT_NC_PAINT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT )
3545 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND )
3546 EVT_CHAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR )
3547 EVT_KEY_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN )
3548 EVT_KEY_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP )
3549 EVT_HOTKEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY, 1)
3550 EVT_CHAR_HOOK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
3551 EVT_MENU_OPEN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN )
3552 EVT_MENU_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE )
3553 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, 1)
3554 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT )
3555 EVT_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS )
3556 EVT_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS )
3557 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS )
3558 EVT_ACTIVATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE )
3559 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP )
3560 EVT_HIBERNATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE )
3561 EVT_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION )
3562 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION )
3563 EVT_DROP_FILES = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES )
3564 EVT_INIT_DIALOG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG )
3565 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED )
3566 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED )
3567 EVT_SHOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW )
3568 EVT_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE )
3569 EVT_ICONIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE )
3570 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY )
3571 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED )
3572 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE )
3573 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE )
3574 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY )
3575 EVT_SET_CURSOR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR )
3576 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED )
3577
3578 EVT_LEFT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN )
3579 EVT_LEFT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP )
3580 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN )
3581 EVT_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP )
3582 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN )
3583 EVT_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP )
3584 EVT_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION )
3585 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK )
3586 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK )
3587 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK )
3588 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW )
3589 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW )
3590 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL )
3591
3592 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN,
3593                                      wxEVT_LEFT_UP,
3594                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
3595                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
3596                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN,
3597                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_UP,
3598                                      wxEVT_MOTION,
3599                                      wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK,
3600                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
3601                                      wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
3602                                      wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW,
3603                                      wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW,
3604                                      wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
3605                                      ])
3606
3607
3608 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
3609 EVT_SCROLLWIN = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP,
3610                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM,
3611                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP,
3612                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN,
3613                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP,
3614                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN,
3615                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK,
3616                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE,
3617                                   ])
3618
3619 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP )
3620 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM )
3621 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP )
3622 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN )
3623 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP )
3624 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN )
3625 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK )
3626 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE )
3627
3628 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar
3629 EVT_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3630                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3631                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3632                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3633                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3634                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3635                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3636                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3637                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3638                                ])
3639
3640 EVT_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP )
3641 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM )
3642 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP )
3643 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN )
3644 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP )
3645 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN )
3646 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK )
3647 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE )
3648 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED )
3649 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
3650
3651 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id
3652 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL = wx.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP,
3653                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM,
3654                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP,
3655                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN,
3656                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP,
3657                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN,
3658                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK,
3659                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE,
3660                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED,
3661                                        ], 1)
3662
3663 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, 1)
3664 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, 1)
3665 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, 1)
3666 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, 1)
3667 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, 1)
3668 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, 1)
3669 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, 1)
3670 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, 1)
3671 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, 1)
3672 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL = EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
3673
3674 EVT_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED, 1)
3675 EVT_CHECKBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED, 1)
3676 EVT_CHOICE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED, 1)
3677 EVT_LISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3678 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED, 1)
3679 EVT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 1)
3680 EVT_MENU_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, 2)
3681 EVT_SLIDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED, 1)
3682 EVT_RADIOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3683 EVT_RADIOBUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED, 1)
3684
3685 EVT_SCROLLBAR = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED, 1)
3686 EVT_VLBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3687 EVT_COMBOBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED, 1)
3688 EVT_TOOL = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 1)
3689 EVT_TOOL_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED, 2)
3690 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 1)
3691 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED, 2)
3692 EVT_TOOL_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER, 1)
3693 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED, 1)
3694
3695
3696 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, 1)
3697 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, 1)
3698 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, 1)
3699 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, 1)
3700 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, 1)
3701 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, 1)
3702 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, 1)
3703
3704 EVT_IDLE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE )
3705
3706 EVT_UPDATE_UI = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 1)
3707 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, 2)
3708
3709 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU )
3710
3711 EVT_TEXT_CUT   =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT )
3712 EVT_TEXT_COPY  =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY )
3713 EVT_TEXT_PASTE =  wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE )
3714
3715
3716 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3717
3718 class Event(Object):
3719     """
3720     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a
3721     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for
3722     other event classes
3723     """
3724     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3725     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
3726     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3727     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Event
3728     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3729     def SetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3730         """
3731         SetEventType(self, EventType typ)
3732
3733         Sets the specific type of the event.
3734         """
3735         return _core_.Event_SetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3736
3737     def GetEventType(*args, **kwargs):
3738         """
3739         GetEventType(self) -> EventType
3740
3741         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as
3742         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``.
3743         """
3744         return _core_.Event_GetEventType(*args, **kwargs)
3745
3746     def GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3747         """
3748         GetEventObject(self) -> Object
3749
3750         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if
3751         any.
3752         """
3753         return _core_.Event_GetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3754
3755     def SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs):
3756         """
3757         SetEventObject(self, Object obj)
3758
3759         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the
3760         object that is sending the event.
3761         """
3762         return _core_.Event_SetEventObject(*args, **kwargs)
3763
3764     def GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3765         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long"""
3766         return _core_.Event_GetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3767
3768     def SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs):
3769         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)"""
3770         return _core_.Event_SetTimestamp(*args, **kwargs)
3771
3772     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
3773         """
3774         GetId(self) -> int
3775
3776         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button
3777         command id.
3778         """
3779         return _core_.Event_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
3780
3781     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
3782         """
3783         SetId(self, int Id)
3784
3785         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that
3786         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu
3787         item, etc.
3788         """
3789         return _core_.Event_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
3790
3791     def IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs):
3792         """
3793         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool
3794
3795         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else
3796         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes.
3797         """
3798         return _core_.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs)
3799
3800     def Skip(*args, **kwargs):
3801         """
3802         Skip(self, bool skip=True)
3803
3804         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event
3805         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event
3806         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent
3807         additional event handlers from being called and control will be
3808         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current
3809         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing
3810         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event.
3811
3812         """
3813         return _core_.Event_Skip(*args, **kwargs)
3814
3815     def GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs):
3816         """
3817         GetSkipped(self) -> bool
3818
3819         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise.
3820         :see: `Skip`
3821         """
3822         return _core_.Event_GetSkipped(*args, **kwargs)
3823
3824     def ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs):
3825         """
3826         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool
3827
3828         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not,
3829         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0.
3830         """
3831         return _core_.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args, **kwargs)
3832
3833     def StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3834         """
3835         StopPropagation(self) -> int
3836
3837         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old
3838         propagation level value which may be later passed to
3839         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again.
3840         """
3841         return _core_.Event_StopPropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3842
3843     def ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs):
3844         """
3845         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel)
3846
3847         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For
3848         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to
3849         `StopPropagation`.)
3850
3851         """
3852         return _core_.Event_ResumePropagation(*args, **kwargs)
3853
3854     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
3855         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
3856         return _core_.Event_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
3857
3858 _core_.Event_swigregister(Event)
3859
3860 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3861
3862 class PropagationDisabler(object):
3863     """
3864     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3865     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3866     propogation of the event will be restored.
3867     """
3868     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3869     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3870     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3871         """
3872         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler
3873
3874         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply
3875         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the
3876         propogation of the event will be restored.
3877         """
3878         _core_.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagationDisabler(*args, **kwargs))
3879     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagationDisabler
3880     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3881 _core_.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler)
3882
3883 class PropagateOnce(object):
3884     """
3885     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3886     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3887     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3888     """
3889     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3890     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3891     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3892         """
3893         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce
3894
3895         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an
3896         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is
3897         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored.
3898         """
3899         _core_.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PropagateOnce(*args, **kwargs))
3900     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PropagateOnce
3901     __del__ = lambda self : None;
3902 _core_.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce)
3903
3904 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3905
3906 class CommandEvent(Event):
3907     """
3908     This event class contains information about command events, which
3909     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3910     toolbars.
3911     """
3912     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
3913     __repr__ = _swig_repr
3914     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
3915         """
3916         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent
3917
3918         This event class contains information about command events, which
3919         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and
3920         toolbars.
3921         """
3922         _core_.CommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
3923     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3924         """
3925         GetSelection(self) -> int
3926
3927         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3928         for a deselection).
3929         """
3930         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3931
3932     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
3933         """SetString(self, String s)"""
3934         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
3935
3936     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
3937         """
3938         GetString(self) -> String
3939
3940         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid
3941         for a deselection).
3942         """
3943         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
3944
3945     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
3946         """
3947         IsChecked(self) -> bool
3948
3949         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the
3950         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false
3951         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if
3952         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only
3953         makes sense for checkable menu items).
3954         """
3955         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
3956
3957     Checked = IsChecked
3958     def IsSelection(*args, **kwargs):
3959         """
3960         IsSelection(self) -> bool
3961
3962         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection,
3963         false if it is a deselection.
3964         """
3965         return _core_.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args, **kwargs)
3966
3967     def SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3968         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)"""
3969         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3970
3971     def GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs):
3972         """
3973         GetExtraLong(self) -> long
3974
3975         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the
3976         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining
3977         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A
3978         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in
3979         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the
3980         listbox must be examined by the application.
3981         """
3982         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args, **kwargs)
3983
3984     def SetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3985         """SetInt(self, int i)"""
3986         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3987
3988     def GetInt(*args, **kwargs):
3989         """
3990         GetInt(self) -> int
3991
3992         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or
3993         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a
3994         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox.
3995         """
3996         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args, **kwargs)
3997
3998     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
3999         """
4000         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject
4001
4002         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.)
4003         """
4004         return _core_.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4005
4006     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
4007         """
4008         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData)
4009
4010         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
4011         """
4012         return _core_.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
4013
4014     GetClientObject = GetClientData
4015     SetClientObject = SetClientData
4016
4017     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
4018         """Clone(self) -> Event"""
4019         return _core_.CommandEvent_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
4020
4021 _core_.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent)
4022
4023 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4024
4025 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent):
4026     """
4027     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4028     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4029     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4030     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4031     """
4032     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4033     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4034     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4035         """
4036         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent
4037
4038         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from
4039         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control
4040         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler
4041         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do.
4042         """
4043         _core_.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NotifyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4044     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
4045         """
4046         Veto(self)
4047
4048         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening.
4049
4050         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for
4051         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which
4052         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising.
4053         """
4054         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
4055
4056     def Allow(*args, **kwargs):
4057         """
4058         Allow(self)
4059
4060         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be
4061         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as
4062         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this
4063         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description).
4064         """
4065         return _core_.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args, **kwargs)
4066
4067     def IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs):
4068         """
4069         IsAllowed(self) -> bool
4070
4071         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or
4072         false otherwise (if it was).
4073         """
4074         return _core_.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args, **kwargs)
4075
4076 _core_.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent)
4077
4078 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4079
4080 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent):
4081     """
4082     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone
4083     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send
4084     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent`
4085     instead.
4086     """
4087     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4088     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4089     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4090         """
4091         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,
4092             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent
4093         """
4094         _core_.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4095     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4096         """
4097         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4098
4099         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4100         the scrollbar.
4101         """
4102         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4103
4104     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4105         """
4106         GetPosition(self) -> int
4107
4108         Returns the position of the scrollbar.
4109         """
4110         return _core_.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4111
4112     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4113         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4114         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4115
4116     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4117         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4118         return _core_.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4119
4120 _core_.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent)
4121
4122 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4123
4124 class ScrollWinEvent(Event):
4125     """
4126     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4127     scrolling windows.
4128     """
4129     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4130     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4131     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4132         """
4133         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent
4134
4135         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from
4136         scrolling windows.
4137         """
4138         _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4139     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4140         """
4141         GetOrientation(self) -> int
4142
4143         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of
4144         the scrollbar.
4145         """
4146         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4147
4148     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4149         """
4150         GetPosition(self) -> int
4151
4152         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release
4153         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you
4154         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case.
4155         """
4156         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4157
4158     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
4159         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)"""
4160         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
4161
4162     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4163         """SetPosition(self, int pos)"""
4164         return _core_.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4165
4166 _core_.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent)
4167
4168 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4169
4170 MOUSE_BTN_ANY = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
4171 MOUSE_BTN_NONE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
4172 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
4173 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4174 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = _core_.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
4175 class MouseEvent(Event):
4176     """
4177     This event class contains information about the events generated by
4178     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and
4179     mouse move events.
4180
4181     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for
4182     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and
4183     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have
4184     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the
4185     events from it.
4186
4187     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`:
4188     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse
4189     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is
4190     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the
4191     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button
4192     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true,
4193     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the
4194     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same
4195     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well.
4196     """
4197     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4198     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4199     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4200         """
4201         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent
4202
4203         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are:
4204
4205             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
4206             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
4207             * wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
4208             * wxEVT_LEFT_UP
4209             * wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
4210             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
4211             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
4212             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
4213             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
4214             * wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
4215             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
4216             * wxEVT_MOTION
4217             * wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
4218         """
4219         _core_.MouseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4220     def IsButton(*args, **kwargs):
4221         """
4222         IsButton(self) -> bool
4223
4224         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a
4225         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`).
4226         """
4227         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args, **kwargs)
4228
4229     def ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs):
4230         """
4231         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4232
4233         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4234         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4235         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible
4236         values).
4237         """
4238         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args, **kwargs)
4239
4240     def ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4241         """
4242         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4243
4244         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4245         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which
4246         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible
4247         values).
4248         """
4249         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4250
4251     def ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs):
4252         """
4253         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool
4254
4255         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any
4256         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button
4257         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values).
4258         """
4259         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args, **kwargs)
4260
4261     def Button(*args, **kwargs):
4262         """
4263         Button(self, int button) -> bool
4264
4265         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid
4266         values of button are:
4267
4268              ====================      =====================================
4269              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed
4270              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed
4271              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed
4272              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed
4273              ====================      =====================================
4274
4275         """
4276         return _core_.MouseEvent_Button(*args, **kwargs)
4277
4278     def ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4279         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool"""
4280         return _core_.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4281
4282     def GetButton(*args, **kwargs):
4283         """
4284         GetButton(self) -> int
4285
4286         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or
4287         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or
4288         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for
4289         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
4290         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the
4291         right buttons respectively.
4292         """
4293         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args, **kwargs)
4294
4295     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4296         """
4297         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4298
4299         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event.
4300         """
4301         return _core_.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4302
4303     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4304         """
4305         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4306
4307         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4308         """
4309         return _core_.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4310
4311     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4312         """
4313         AltDown(self) -> bool
4314
4315         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4316         """
4317         return _core_.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4318
4319     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4320         """
4321         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4322
4323         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4324         """
4325         return _core_.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4326
4327     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4328         """
4329         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4330
4331         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4332         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4333         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4334         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4335         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this
4336         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4337         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4338         """
4339         return _core_.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4340
4341     def LeftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4342         """
4343         LeftDown(self) -> bool
4344
4345         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down.
4346         """
4347         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4348
4349     def MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs):
4350         """
4351         MiddleDown(self) -> bool
4352
4353         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down.
4354         """
4355         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args, **kwargs)
4356
4357     def RightDown(*args, **kwargs):
4358         """
4359         RightDown(self) -> bool
4360
4361         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down.
4362         """
4363         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args, **kwargs)
4364
4365     def LeftUp(*args, **kwargs):
4366         """
4367         LeftUp(self) -> bool
4368
4369         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up.
4370         """
4371         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args, **kwargs)
4372
4373     def MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs):
4374         """
4375         MiddleUp(self) -> bool
4376
4377         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up.
4378         """
4379         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args, **kwargs)
4380
4381     def RightUp(*args, **kwargs):
4382         """
4383         RightUp(self) -> bool
4384
4385         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up.
4386         """
4387         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args, **kwargs)
4388
4389     def LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4390         """
4391         LeftDClick(self) -> bool
4392
4393         Returns true if the event was a left button double click.
4394         """
4395         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4396
4397     def MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4398         """
4399         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool
4400
4401         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click.
4402         """
4403         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4404
4405     def RightDClick(*args, **kwargs):
4406         """
4407         RightDClick(self) -> bool
4408
4409         Returns true if the event was a right button double click.
4410         """
4411         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args, **kwargs)
4412
4413     def LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4414         """
4415         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool
4416
4417         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent
4418         of the current event type.
4419
4420         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true
4421         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the
4422         state of the mouse button before the event happened.
4423
4424         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process
4425         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still)
4426         dragging the mouse.
4427         """
4428         return _core_.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4429
4430     def MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4431         """
4432         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool
4433
4434         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent
4435         of the current event type.
4436         """
4437         return _core_.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4438
4439     def RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs):
4440         """
4441         RightIsDown(self) -> bool
4442
4443         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent
4444         of the current event type.
4445         """
4446         return _core_.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args, **kwargs)
4447
4448     def Dragging(*args, **kwargs):
4449         """
4450         Dragging(self) -> bool
4451
4452         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is
4453         depressed).
4454         """
4455         return _core_.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args, **kwargs)
4456
4457     def Moving(*args, **kwargs):
4458         """
4459         Moving(self) -> bool
4460
4461         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were
4462         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns
4463         false and Dragging returns true.
4464         """
4465         return _core_.MouseEvent_Moving(*args, **kwargs)
4466
4467     def Entering(*args, **kwargs):
4468         """
4469         Entering(self) -> bool
4470
4471         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window.
4472         """
4473         return _core_.MouseEvent_Entering(*args, **kwargs)
4474
4475     def Leaving(*args, **kwargs):
4476         """
4477         Leaving(self) -> bool
4478
4479         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window.
4480         """
4481         return _core_.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args, **kwargs)
4482
4483     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4484         """
4485         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4486
4487         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4488         event happened.
4489         """
4490         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4491
4492     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4493         """
4494         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4495
4496         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the
4497         event happened.
4498         """
4499         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4500
4501     def GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4502         """
4503         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point
4504
4505         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated
4506         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates
4507         that the window has been scrolled).
4508         """
4509         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4510
4511     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4512         """
4513         GetX(self) -> int
4514
4515         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4516         """
4517         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4518
4519     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4520         """
4521         GetY(self) -> int
4522
4523         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position.
4524         """
4525         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4526
4527     def GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs):
4528         """
4529         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int
4530
4531         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
4532         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
4533         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
4534         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
4535         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
4536         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
4537         have been accumulated before scrolling.
4538         """
4539         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args, **kwargs)
4540
4541     def GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs):
4542         """
4543         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int
4544
4545         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
4546         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
4547         should occur for each delta.
4548         """
4549         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args, **kwargs)
4550
4551     def GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs):
4552         """
4553         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int
4554
4555         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled
4556         per wheel action. Defaults to three.
4557         """
4558         return _core_.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args, **kwargs)
4559
4560     def IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs):
4561         """
4562         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool
4563
4564         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with
4565         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling.
4566         """
4567         return _core_.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args, **kwargs)
4568
4569     m_x = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_x_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_x_set)
4570     m_y = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_y_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_y_set)
4571     m_leftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set)
4572     m_middleDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set)
4573     m_rightDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set)
4574     m_controlDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4575     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4576     m_altDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set)
4577     m_metaDown = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4578     m_wheelRotation = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set)
4579     m_wheelDelta = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set)
4580     m_linesPerAction = property(_core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get, _core_.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set)
4581 _core_.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent)
4582
4583 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4584
4585 class SetCursorEvent(Event):
4586     """
4587     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set
4588     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the
4589     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the
4590     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor`
4591     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed.
4592     """
4593     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4594     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4595     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4596         """
4597         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent
4598
4599         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`.
4600         """
4601         _core_.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SetCursorEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4602     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4603         """
4604         GetX(self) -> int
4605
4606         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4607         """
4608         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4609
4610     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4611         """
4612         GetY(self) -> int
4613
4614         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates.
4615         """
4616         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4617
4618     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4619         """
4620         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor)
4621
4622         Sets the cursor associated with this event.
4623         """
4624         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4625
4626     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4627         """
4628         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
4629
4630         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event.
4631         """
4632         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4633
4634     def HasCursor(*args, **kwargs):
4635         """
4636         HasCursor(self) -> bool
4637
4638         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor.
4639         """
4640         return _core_.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args, **kwargs)
4641
4642 _core_.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent)
4643
4644 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4645
4646 class KeyEvent(Event):
4647     """
4648     This event class contains information about keypress and character
4649     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has
4650     the keyboard focus.
4651
4652     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in
4653     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference
4654     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press
4655     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just
4656     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will
4657     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only
4658     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event
4659     corresponding to each down one.
4660
4661     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event
4662     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric
4663     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of
4664     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in
4665     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the
4666     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for
4667     example.
4668
4669     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed
4670     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key
4671     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key
4672     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and
4673     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be
4674     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as
4675     well.
4676
4677     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code
4678     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value
4679     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this
4680     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the
4681     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly
4682     by the system itself.
4683
4684     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed:
4685     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the
4686     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1,
4687     the ASCII value of this key combination.
4688
4689     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave
4690     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and
4691     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard
4692     focus.
4693
4694     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not
4695     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not
4696     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both
4697     types of events to be a bit simpler.
4698
4699     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets
4700     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and
4701     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char
4702     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator).
4703
4704     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't
4705     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to
4706     work under Windows.
4707
4708     """
4709     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4710     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4711     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4712         """
4713         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent
4714
4715         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are:
4716             *
4717         """
4718         _core_.KeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_KeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4719     def GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4720         """
4721         GetModifiers(self) -> int
4722
4723         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to
4724         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having
4725         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For
4726         example::
4727
4728             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL:
4729                 DoSomething()
4730
4731         """
4732         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4733
4734     def ControlDown(*args, **kwargs):
4735         """
4736         ControlDown(self) -> bool
4737
4738         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event.
4739         """
4740         return _core_.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args, **kwargs)
4741
4742     def MetaDown(*args, **kwargs):
4743         """
4744         MetaDown(self) -> bool
4745
4746         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event.
4747         """
4748         return _core_.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args, **kwargs)
4749
4750     def AltDown(*args, **kwargs):
4751         """
4752         AltDown(self) -> bool
4753
4754         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event.
4755         """
4756         return _core_.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args, **kwargs)
4757
4758     def ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs):
4759         """
4760         ShiftDown(self) -> bool
4761
4762         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event.
4763         """
4764         return _core_.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args, **kwargs)
4765
4766     def CmdDown(*args, **kwargs):
4767         """
4768         CmdDown(self) -> bool
4769
4770         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix
4771         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on
4772         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown`
4773         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl
4774         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this
4775         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown`
4776         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`.
4777         """
4778         return _core_.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args, **kwargs)
4779
4780     def HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs):
4781         """
4782         HasModifiers(self) -> bool
4783
4784         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the
4785         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither
4786         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that
4787         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the
4788         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed
4789         normally).
4790         """
4791         return _core_.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args, **kwargs)
4792
4793     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4794         """
4795         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
4796
4797         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values,
4798         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left
4799         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key
4800         codes.
4801
4802         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if
4803         the user entered a character that can be represented in current
4804         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode
4805         character using `GetUnicodeKey`.
4806         """
4807         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4808
4809     KeyCode = GetKeyCode
4810     def GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs):
4811         """
4812         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int
4813
4814         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This
4815         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython.
4816         """
4817         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args, **kwargs)
4818
4819     GetUniChar = GetUnicodeKey
4820     def GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
4821         """
4822         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int
4823
4824         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent
4825         scan code which should only be used in advanced
4826         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all
4827         ports.
4828         """
4829         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
4830
4831     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs):
4832         """
4833         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int
4834
4835         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are
4836         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications.
4837         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports.
4838         """
4839         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args, **kwargs)
4840
4841     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4842         """
4843         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4844
4845         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4846         """
4847         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4848
4849     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
4850         """
4851         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
4852
4853         Find the position of the event, if applicable.
4854         """
4855         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
4856
4857     def GetX(*args, **kwargs):
4858         """
4859         GetX(self) -> int
4860
4861         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4862         applicable.
4863         """
4864         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetX(*args, **kwargs)
4865
4866     def GetY(*args, **kwargs):
4867         """
4868         GetY(self) -> int
4869
4870         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if
4871         applicable.
4872         """
4873         return _core_.KeyEvent_GetY(*args, **kwargs)
4874
4875     m_x = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_x_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_x_set)
4876     m_y = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_y_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_y_set)
4877     m_keyCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set)
4878     m_controlDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set)
4879     m_shiftDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set)
4880     m_altDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set)
4881     m_metaDown = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set)
4882     m_scanCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set)
4883     m_rawCode = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set)
4884     m_rawFlags = property(_core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get, _core_.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set)
4885 _core_.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent)
4886
4887 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4888
4889 class SizeEvent(Event):
4890     """
4891     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE
4892     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has
4893     been resized.
4894
4895     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call
4896     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the
4897     application.
4898
4899     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is
4900     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the
4901     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the
4902     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole
4903     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to
4904     invalidate the entire window.
4905
4906     """
4907     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4908     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4909     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4910         """
4911         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent
4912
4913         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``.
4914         """
4915         _core_.SizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4916     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4917         """
4918         GetSize(self) -> Size
4919
4920         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change
4921         event.
4922         """
4923         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4924
4925     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4926         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4927         return _core_.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4928
4929     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4930         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4931         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4932
4933     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
4934         """SetSize(self, Size size)"""
4935         return _core_.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
4936
4937     m_size = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_size_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_size_set)
4938     m_rect = property(_core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_get, _core_.SizeEvent_m_rect_set)
4939 _core_.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent)
4940
4941 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4942
4943 class MoveEvent(Event):
4944     """
4945     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is
4946     moved to a new position.
4947     """
4948     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
4949     __repr__ = _swig_repr
4950     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
4951         """
4952         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent
4953
4954         Constructor.
4955         """
4956         _core_.MoveEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MoveEvent(*args, **kwargs))
4957     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4958         """
4959         GetPosition(self) -> Point
4960
4961         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event.
4962         """
4963         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4964
4965     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4966         """GetRect(self) -> Rect"""
4967         return _core_.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4968
4969     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
4970         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)"""
4971         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
4972
4973     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
4974         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)"""
4975         return _core_.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
4976
4977     m_pos =  property(GetPosition, SetPosition)
4978     m_rect = property(GetRect, SetRect)
4979
4980 _core_.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent)
4981
4982 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
4983
4984 class PaintEvent(Event):
4985     """
4986     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted.
4987     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create
4988     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS
4989     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send
4990     the event again, causing endless refreshes.
4991
4992     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been
4993     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`,
4994     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of
4995     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some
4996     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical,
4997     scrolled units.
4998
4999     """
5000     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5001     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5002     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5003         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent"""
5004         _core_.PaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5005 _core_.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent)
5006
5007 class NcPaintEvent(Event):
5008     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class"""
5009     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5010     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5011     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5012         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent"""
5013         _core_.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NcPaintEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5014 _core_.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent)
5015
5016 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5017
5018 class EraseEvent(Event):
5019     """
5020     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be
5021     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
5022     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated
5023     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker.
5024
5025     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned
5026     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary
5027     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that.
5028
5029     """
5030     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5031     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5032     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5033         """
5034         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent
5035
5036         Constructor
5037         """
5038         _core_.EraseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EraseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5039     def GetDC(*args, **kwargs):
5040         """
5041         GetDC(self) -> DC
5042
5043         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If
5044         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use
5045         that instead.
5046         """
5047         return _core_.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args, **kwargs)
5048
5049 _core_.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent)
5050
5051 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5052
5053 class FocusEvent(Event):
5054     """
5055     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing
5056     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it
5057     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event.
5058
5059     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus
5060     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is
5061     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`.
5062
5063     """
5064     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5065     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5066     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5067         """
5068         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent
5069
5070         Constructor
5071         """
5072         _core_.FocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5073     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5074         """
5075         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5076
5077         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the
5078         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the
5079         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event.
5080
5081         Warning: the window returned may be None!
5082         """
5083         return _core_.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5084
5085     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5086         """SetWindow(self, Window win)"""
5087         return _core_.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5088
5089 _core_.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent)
5090
5091 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5092
5093 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent):
5094     """
5095     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the
5096     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window
5097     heirarchy.
5098     """
5099     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5100     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5101     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5102         """
5103         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent
5104
5105         Constructor
5106         """
5107         _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5108     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5109         """
5110         GetWindow(self) -> Window
5111
5112         The window which has just received the focus.
5113         """
5114         return _core_.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5115
5116 _core_.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent)
5117
5118 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5119
5120 class ActivateEvent(Event):
5121     """
5122     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire
5123     application is being activated or deactivated.
5124
5125     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when
5126     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the
5127     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus.
5128     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames
5129     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all
5130     application frames being inactive.
5131
5132     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers
5133     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not
5134     doing so can result in strange effects.
5135
5136     """
5137     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5138     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5139     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5140         """
5141         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent
5142
5143         Constructor
5144         """
5145         _core_.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ActivateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5146     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
5147         """
5148         GetActive(self) -> bool
5149
5150         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false
5151         otherwise.
5152         """
5153         return _core_.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
5154
5155 _core_.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent)
5156
5157 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5158
5159 class InitDialogEvent(Event):
5160     """
5161     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for
5162     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this
5163     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be
5164     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler
5165     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`.
5166     """
5167     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5168     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5169     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5170         """
5171         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent
5172
5173         Constructor
5174         """
5175         _core_.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_InitDialogEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5176 _core_.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent)
5177
5178 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5179
5180 class MenuEvent(Event):
5181     """
5182     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that
5183     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending
5184     `wx.CommandEvent` objects.
5185
5186     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help
5187     text in the first field of the status bar.
5188     """
5189     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5190     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5191     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5192         """
5193         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent
5194
5195         Constructor
5196         """
5197         _core_.MenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5198     def GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs):
5199         """
5200         GetMenuId(self) -> int
5201
5202         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method
5203         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events.
5204         """
5205         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args, **kwargs)
5206
5207     def IsPopup(*args, **kwargs):
5208         """
5209         IsPopup(self) -> bool
5210
5211         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a
5212         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only
5213         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5214         """
5215         return _core_.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args, **kwargs)
5216
5217     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
5218         """
5219         GetMenu(self) -> Menu
5220
5221         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should
5222         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events.
5223         """
5224         return _core_.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
5225
5226 _core_.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent)
5227
5228 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5229
5230 class CloseEvent(Event):
5231     """
5232     This event class contains information about window and session close
5233     events.
5234
5235     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried
5236     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or
5237     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself
5238     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close`
5239     function.
5240
5241     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of
5242     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy
5243     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``,
5244     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not.
5245     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save
5246     files or to cancel the close.
5247
5248     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the
5249     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the
5250     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending
5251     on whether the close instruction was honored or not.
5252     """
5253     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5254     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5255     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5256         """
5257         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent
5258
5259         Constructor.
5260         """
5261         _core_.CloseEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_CloseEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5262     def SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5263         """
5264         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff)
5265
5266         Sets the 'logging off' flag.
5267         """
5268         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5269
5270     def GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs):
5271         """
5272         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool
5273
5274         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the
5275         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end
5276         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close
5277         window event.
5278         """
5279         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args, **kwargs)
5280
5281     def Veto(*args, **kwargs):
5282         """
5283         Veto(self, bool veto=True)
5284
5285         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to
5286         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen.
5287
5288         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true.
5289         """
5290         return _core_.CloseEvent_Veto(*args, **kwargs)
5291
5292     def GetVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5293         """GetVeto(self) -> bool"""
5294         return _core_.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5295
5296     def SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5297         """
5298         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto)
5299
5300         Sets the 'can veto' flag.
5301         """
5302         return _core_.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5303
5304     def CanVeto(*args, **kwargs):
5305         """
5306         CanVeto(self) -> bool
5307
5308         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close
5309         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling
5310         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function
5311         must be called to check this.
5312         """
5313         return _core_.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args, **kwargs)
5314
5315 _core_.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent)
5316
5317 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5318
5319 class ShowEvent(Event):
5320     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden."""
5321     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5322     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5323     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5324         """
5325         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent
5326
5327         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.
5328         """
5329         _core_.ShowEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ShowEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5330     def SetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5331         """SetShow(self, bool show)"""
5332         return _core_.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5333
5334     def GetShow(*args, **kwargs):
5335         """GetShow(self) -> bool"""
5336         return _core_.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args, **kwargs)
5337
5338 _core_.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent)
5339
5340 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5341
5342 class IconizeEvent(Event):
5343     """
5344     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5345     restored.
5346     """
5347     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5348     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5349     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5350         """
5351         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent
5352
5353         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or
5354         restored.
5355         """
5356         _core_.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IconizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5357     def Iconized(*args, **kwargs):
5358         """
5359         Iconized(self) -> bool
5360
5361         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has
5362         been restored.
5363         """
5364         return _core_.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args, **kwargs)
5365
5366 _core_.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent)
5367
5368 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5369
5370 class MaximizeEvent(Event):
5371     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored."""
5372     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5373     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5374     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5375         """
5376         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent
5377
5378         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.
5379         """
5380         _core_.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MaximizeEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5381 _core_.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent)
5382
5383 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5384
5385 class DropFilesEvent(Event):
5386     """
5387     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have
5388     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available
5389     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for
5390     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`.
5391
5392     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general
5393     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This
5394     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of
5395     dropping files.
5396
5397     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop
5398     events.
5399
5400     """
5401     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5402     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
5403     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5404     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
5405         """
5406         GetPosition(self) -> Point
5407
5408         Returns the position at which the files were dropped.
5409         """
5410         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
5411
5412     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5413         """
5414         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int
5415
5416         Returns the number of files dropped.
5417         """
5418         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5419
5420     def GetFiles(*args, **kwargs):
5421         """
5422         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject
5423
5424         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped.
5425         """
5426         return _core_.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args, **kwargs)
5427
5428 _core_.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent)
5429
5430 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5431
5432 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
5433 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
5434 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent):
5435     """
5436     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by
5437     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user
5438     interface elements.
5439
5440     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to
5441     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as
5442     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be
5443     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a
5444     menu item or button.
5445
5446     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the
5447     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets
5448     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to
5449     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more
5450     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether
5451     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can
5452     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same.
5453
5454     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call
5455     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will
5456     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to
5457     update.
5458
5459     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just
5460     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process
5461     any UI events for the window that owns the menu.
5462
5463     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting
5464     your application, you can do one or both of the following:
5465
5466        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of
5467           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style
5468           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should
5469           receive update events. No other windows will receive update
5470           events.
5471
5472        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond
5473           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call
5474           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when
5475           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight
5476           delay before windows are updated.
5477
5478     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE
5479     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent
5480     from an internal idle handler.
5481
5482     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On
5483     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu
5484     is about to be shown, and not in idle time.
5485
5486     """
5487     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5488     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5489     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5490         """
5491         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent
5492
5493         Constructor
5494         """
5495         _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5496     def GetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5497         """
5498         GetChecked(self) -> bool
5499
5500         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked.
5501         """
5502         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5503
5504     def GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5505         """
5506         GetEnabled(self) -> bool
5507
5508         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled.
5509         """
5510         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5511
5512     def GetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5513         """
5514         GetShown(self) -> bool
5515
5516         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown.
5517         """
5518         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5519
5520     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
5521         """
5522         GetText(self) -> String
5523
5524         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element.
5525         """
5526         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
5527
5528     def GetSetText(*args, **kwargs):
5529         """
5530         GetSetText(self) -> bool
5531
5532         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For
5533         wxWidgets internal use only.
5534         """
5535         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args, **kwargs)
5536
5537     def GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs):
5538         """
5539         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool
5540
5541         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets
5542         internal use only.
5543         """
5544         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args, **kwargs)
5545
5546     def GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
5547         """
5548         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool
5549
5550         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets
5551         internal use only.
5552         """
5553         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
5554
5555     def GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs):
5556         """
5557         GetSetShown(self) -> bool
5558
5559         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets
5560         internal use only.
5561         """
5562         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args, **kwargs)
5563
5564     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
5565         """
5566         Check(self, bool check)
5567
5568         Check or uncheck the UI element.
5569         """
5570         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args, **kwargs)
5571
5572     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
5573         """
5574         Enable(self, bool enable)
5575
5576         Enable or disable the UI element.
5577         """
5578         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
5579
5580     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
5581         """
5582         Show(self, bool show)
5583
5584         Show or hide the UI element.
5585         """
5586         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args, **kwargs)
5587
5588     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
5589         """
5590         SetText(self, String text)
5591
5592         Sets the text for this UI element.
5593         """
5594         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
5595
5596     def SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5597         """
5598         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5599
5600         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5601         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5602         default is 0.
5603
5604         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5605         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5606         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5607         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5608         about to be shown.
5609         """
5610         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5611
5612     SetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval)
5613     def GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5614         """
5615         GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5616
5617         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5618         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5619         """
5620         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5621
5622     GetUpdateInterval = staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval)
5623     def CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5624         """
5625         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5626
5627         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5628         to) this window.
5629
5630         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5631         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5632         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5633         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5634         this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5635         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5636         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5637         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5638         interval.
5639
5640         """
5641         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5642
5643     CanUpdate = staticmethod(CanUpdate)
5644     def ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs):
5645         """
5646         ResetUpdateTime()
5647
5648         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5649         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5650         is called at the end of idle processing.
5651         """
5652         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args, **kwargs)
5653
5654     ResetUpdateTime = staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime)
5655     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5656         """
5657         SetMode(int mode)
5658
5659         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5660         to those which specify that they will process the events.
5661
5662         The mode may be one of the following values:
5663
5664             =============================   ==========================================
5665             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5666                                             is the default setting.
5667             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5668                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5669                                             style set.
5670             =============================   ==========================================
5671
5672         """
5673         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5674
5675     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
5676     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5677         """
5678         GetMode() -> int
5679
5680         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5681         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5682         events.
5683         """
5684         return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5685
5686     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
5687 _core_.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent)
5688
5689 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs):
5690   """
5691     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval)
5692
5693     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to
5694     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The
5695     default is 0.
5696
5697     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your
5698     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or
5699     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI`
5700     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is
5701     about to be shown.
5702     """
5703   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args, **kwargs)
5704
5705 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args):
5706   """
5707     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long
5708
5709     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1
5710     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible.
5711     """
5712   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args)
5713
5714 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs):
5715   """
5716     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool
5717
5718     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events
5719     to) this window.
5720
5721     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`),
5722     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update
5723     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to
5724     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default
5725     this will always return true because the update mode is initially
5726     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update
5727     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency
5728     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update
5729     interval.
5730
5731     """
5732   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args, **kwargs)
5733
5734 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args):
5735   """
5736     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime()
5737
5738     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It
5739     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this
5740     is called at the end of idle processing.
5741     """
5742   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args)
5743
5744 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
5745   """
5746     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode)
5747
5748     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only
5749     to those which specify that they will process the events.
5750
5751     The mode may be one of the following values:
5752
5753         =============================   ==========================================
5754         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This
5755                                         is the default setting.
5756         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that
5757                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra
5758                                         style set.
5759         =============================   ==========================================
5760
5761     """
5762   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
5763
5764 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args):
5765   """
5766     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int
5767
5768     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to
5769     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
5770     events.
5771     """
5772   return _core_.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args)
5773
5774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5775
5776 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event):
5777     """
5778     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated
5779     when the user changes the colour settings using the control
5780     panel. This is only applicable under Windows.
5781
5782     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child
5783     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If
5784     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call
5785     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to
5786     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly.
5787
5788     """
5789     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5790     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5791     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5792         """
5793         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent
5794
5795         Constructor
5796         """
5797         _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5798 _core_.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent)
5799
5800 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5801
5802 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event):
5803     """
5804     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to
5805     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if
5806     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling
5807     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture
5808     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code.
5809
5810     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5811     """
5812     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5813     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5814     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5815         """
5816         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent
5817
5818         Constructor
5819         """
5820         _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5821     def GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5822         """
5823         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window
5824
5825         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a
5826         non-wxWidgets window.
5827         """
5828         return _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5829
5830 _core_.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent)
5831
5832 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5833
5834 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event):
5835     """
5836     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display
5837     resolution has changed.
5838
5839     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5840     """
5841     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5842     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5843     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5844         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent"""
5845         _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5846 _core_.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent)
5847
5848 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5849
5850 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event):
5851     """
5852     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5853     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5854     match.
5855
5856     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5857     """
5858     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5859     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5860     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5861         """
5862         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent
5863
5864         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has
5865         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to
5866         match.
5867
5868         This event is implemented under Windows only.
5869         """
5870         _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5871     def SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5872         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)"""
5873         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5874
5875     def GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs):
5876         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window"""
5877         return _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args, **kwargs)
5878
5879 _core_.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent)
5880
5881 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5882
5883 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event):
5884     """
5885     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard
5886     focus and should re-do its palette.
5887
5888     This event is implemented under Windows only.
5889     """
5890     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5891     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5892     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5893         """
5894         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent
5895
5896         Constructor.
5897         """
5898         _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5899     def SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5900         """
5901         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized)
5902
5903         App should set this if it changes the palette.
5904         """
5905         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5906
5907     def GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs):
5908         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool"""
5909         return _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args, **kwargs)
5910
5911 _core_.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent)
5912
5913 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5914
5915 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event):
5916     """
5917     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between
5918     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not
5919     catch navigation events in applications as there are already
5920     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find
5921     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change
5922     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call
5923     `wx.Window.Navigate`.
5924     """
5925     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
5926     __repr__ = _swig_repr
5927     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
5928         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent"""
5929         _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
5930     def GetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5931         """
5932         GetDirection(self) -> bool
5933
5934         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise.
5935         """
5936         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5937
5938     def SetDirection(*args, **kwargs):
5939         """
5940         SetDirection(self, bool forward)
5941
5942         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the
5943         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab.
5944         """
5945         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args, **kwargs)
5946
5947     def IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5948         """
5949         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool
5950
5951         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed.
5952         """
5953         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5954
5955     def SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs):
5956         """
5957         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange)
5958
5959         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows.
5960         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented
5961         by using Control-Tab.
5962         """
5963         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args, **kwargs)
5964
5965     def IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5966         """
5967         IsFromTab(self) -> bool
5968
5969         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab
5970         key.
5971         """
5972         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5973
5974     def SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs):
5975         """
5976         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs)
5977
5978         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
5979         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons.
5980         """
5981         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args, **kwargs)
5982
5983     def SetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
5984         """
5985         SetFlags(self, long flags)
5986
5987         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following:
5988
5989             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward
5990             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward
5991             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange
5992             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab
5993
5994         """
5995         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
5996
5997     def GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
5998         """
5999         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window
6000
6001         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be
6002         ``None``.
6003         """
6004         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6005
6006     def SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs):
6007         """
6008         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win)
6009
6010         Set the window that has the focus.
6011         """
6012         return _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args, **kwargs)
6013
6014     IsBackward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
6015     IsForward = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
6016     WinChange = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
6017     FromTab = _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
6018 _core_.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent)
6019
6020 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6021
6022 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent):
6023     """
6024     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6025     underlying GUI object) exists.
6026     """
6027     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6028     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6029     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6030         """
6031         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent
6032
6033         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the
6034         underlying GUI object) exists.
6035         """
6036         _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6037     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6038         """
6039         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6040
6041         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6042         """
6043         return _core_.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6044
6045 _core_.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent)
6046
6047 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent):
6048     """
6049     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6050     when the GUI window is destroyed.
6051
6052     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6053     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6054     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6055     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6056     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6057     notification of the destruction of another window.
6058     """
6059     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6060     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6061     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6062         """
6063         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent
6064
6065         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor
6066         when the GUI window is destroyed.
6067
6068         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will
6069         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event
6070         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is
6071         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to
6072         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get
6073         notification of the destruction of another window.
6074         """
6075         _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6076     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6077         """
6078         GetWindow(self) -> Window
6079
6080         Returns the window that this event refers to.
6081         """
6082         return _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6083
6084 _core_.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent)
6085
6086 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6087
6088 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent):
6089     """
6090     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to
6091     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu.
6092     """
6093     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6094     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6095     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6096         """
6097         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent
6098
6099         Constructor.
6100         """
6101         _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6102     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6103         """
6104         GetPosition(self) -> Point
6105
6106         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should
6107         be shown.
6108         """
6109         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6110
6111     def SetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
6112         """
6113         SetPosition(self, Point pos)
6114
6115         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown.
6116         """
6117         return _core_.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
6118
6119 _core_.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent)
6120
6121 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6122
6123 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
6124 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED = _core_.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
6125 class IdleEvent(Event):
6126     """
6127     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent
6128     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the
6129     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by
6130     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are
6131     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal
6132     events and then becomes empty again.
6133
6134     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a
6135     significant overhead in your application, you can call
6136     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and
6137     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window
6138     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent
6139     to those windows and not to any others.
6140     """
6141     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6142     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6143     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6144         """
6145         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent
6146
6147         Constructor
6148         """
6149         _core_.IdleEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_IdleEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6150     def RequestMore(*args, **kwargs):
6151         """
6152         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True)
6153
6154         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be
6155         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the
6156         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the
6157         application windows. If no window calls this function during its
6158         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event
6159         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing
6160         system.
6161         """
6162         return _core_.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args, **kwargs)
6163
6164     def MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs):
6165         """
6166         MoreRequested(self) -> bool
6167
6168         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event
6169         requested more processing time.
6170         """
6171         return _core_.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args, **kwargs)
6172
6173     def SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6174         """
6175         SetMode(int mode)
6176
6177         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6178         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6179         events.
6180
6181         The mode can be one of the following values:
6182
6183             =========================   ========================================
6184             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6185             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6186                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6187                                         flag set.
6188             =========================   ========================================
6189
6190         """
6191         return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6192
6193     SetMode = staticmethod(SetMode)
6194     def GetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6195         """
6196         GetMode() -> int
6197
6198         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6199         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6200         will process the events.
6201         """
6202         return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6203
6204     GetMode = staticmethod(GetMode)
6205     def CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6206         """
6207         CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6208
6209         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6210         window.
6211
6212         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6213         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6214         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6215         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6216         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6217         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6218         """
6219         return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6220
6221     CanSend = staticmethod(CanSend)
6222 _core_.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent)
6223
6224 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs):
6225   """
6226     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode)
6227
6228     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
6229     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the
6230     events.
6231
6232     The mode can be one of the following values:
6233
6234         =========================   ========================================
6235         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows
6236         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have
6237                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style
6238                                     flag set.
6239         =========================   ========================================
6240
6241     """
6242   return _core_.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args, **kwargs)
6243
6244 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args):
6245   """
6246     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int
6247
6248     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send
6249     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they
6250     will process the events.
6251     """
6252   return _core_.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args)
6253
6254 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs):
6255   """
6256     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool
6257
6258     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this
6259     window.
6260
6261     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and
6262     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle
6263     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always
6264     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially
6265     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events
6266     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set.
6267     """
6268   return _core_.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args, **kwargs)
6269
6270 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6271
6272 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent):
6273     """
6274     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6275     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6276     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6277     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6278     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6279     """
6280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6281     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6282     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6283         """
6284         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent
6285
6286         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text
6287         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data
6288         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a
6289         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT*
6290         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control.
6291         """
6292         _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6293 _core_.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent)
6294
6295 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6296
6297 class PyEvent(Event):
6298     """
6299     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event
6300     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of
6301     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport
6302     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have
6303     them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6304
6305     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent`
6306
6307     """
6308     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6309     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6310     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6311         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent"""
6312         _core_.PyEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6313         self._SetSelf(self)
6314
6315     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyEvent
6316     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6317     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6318         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6319         return _core_.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6320
6321     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6322         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6323         return _core_.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6324
6325 _core_.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent)
6326
6327 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent):
6328     """
6329     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom
6330     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent
6331     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class
6332     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is
6333     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event
6334     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked.
6335
6336     :see: `wx.PyEvent`
6337
6338     """
6339     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6340     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6341     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6342         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent"""
6343         _core_.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyCommandEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6344         self._SetSelf(self)
6345
6346     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyCommandEvent
6347     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6348     def _SetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6349         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)"""
6350         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6351
6352     def _GetSelf(*args, **kwargs):
6353         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject"""
6354         return _core_.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args, **kwargs)
6355
6356 _core_.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent)
6357
6358 class DateEvent(CommandEvent):
6359     """
6360     This event class holds information about a date change event and is
6361     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class
6362     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with
6363     EVT_DATE_CHANGED.
6364     """
6365     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6366     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6367     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6368         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent"""
6369         _core_.DateEvent_swiginit(self,_core_.new_DateEvent(*args, **kwargs))
6370     def GetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6371         """
6372         GetDate(self) -> DateTime
6373
6374         Returns the date.
6375         """
6376         return _core_.DateEvent_GetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6377
6378     def SetDate(*args, **kwargs):
6379         """
6380         SetDate(self, DateTime date)
6381
6382         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library
6383         internally.
6384         """
6385         return _core_.DateEvent_SetDate(*args, **kwargs)
6386
6387 _core_.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent)
6388
6389 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED = _core_.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
6390 EVT_DATE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, 1 )
6391
6392 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6393
6394 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
6395 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
6396 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
6397 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG = _core_.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
6398 PRINT_WINDOWS = _core_.PRINT_WINDOWS
6399 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT = _core_.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
6400 class PyApp(EvtHandler):
6401     """
6402     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the
6403     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead.
6404     """
6405     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
6406     __repr__ = _swig_repr
6407     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
6408         """
6409         __init__(self) -> PyApp
6410
6411         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process.
6412         """
6413         _core_.PyApp_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyApp(*args, **kwargs))
6414         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyApp, False)
6415         self._setOORInfo(self, False)
6416
6417     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_PyApp
6418     __del__ = lambda self : None;
6419     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
6420         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)"""
6421         return _core_.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
6422
6423     def GetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6424         """
6425         GetAppName(self) -> String
6426
6427         Get the application name.
6428         """
6429         return _core_.PyApp_GetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6430
6431     def SetAppName(*args, **kwargs):
6432         """
6433         SetAppName(self, String name)
6434
6435         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by
6436         `wx.Config` and such.
6437         """
6438         return _core_.PyApp_SetAppName(*args, **kwargs)
6439
6440     def GetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6441         """
6442         GetClassName(self) -> String
6443
6444         Get the application's class name.
6445         """
6446         return _core_.PyApp_GetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6447
6448     def SetClassName(*args, **kwargs):
6449         """
6450         SetClassName(self, String name)
6451
6452         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for
6453         X-resources if applicable for the platform
6454         """
6455         return _core_.PyApp_SetClassName(*args, **kwargs)
6456
6457     def GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6458         """
6459         GetVendorName(self) -> String
6460
6461         Get the application's vendor name.
6462         """
6463         return _core_.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6464
6465     def SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs):
6466         """
6467         SetVendorName(self, String name)
6468
6469         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used
6470         automatically by `wx.Config` and such.
6471         """
6472         return _core_.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args, **kwargs)
6473
6474     def GetTraits(*args, **kwargs):
6475         """
6476         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits
6477
6478         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we
6479         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the
6480         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding
6481         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is
6482         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the
6483         differences behind the common facade.
6484
6485         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython.
6486         """
6487         return _core_.PyApp_GetTraits(*args, **kwargs)
6488
6489     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6490         """
6491         ProcessPendingEvents(self)
6492
6493         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to
6494         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens
6495         during each event loop iteration.
6496         """
6497         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6498
6499     def Yield(*args, **kwargs):
6500         """
6501         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6502
6503         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting
6504         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield``
6505         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True.
6506
6507         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
6508               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may
6509               result in calling the same event handler again), use with
6510               extreme care or, better, don't use at all!
6511
6512         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield`
6513
6514         """
6515         return _core_.PyApp_Yield(*args, **kwargs)
6516
6517     def WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6518         """
6519         WakeUpIdle(self)
6520
6521         Make sure that idle events are sent again.
6522         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle`
6523         """
6524         return _core_.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6525
6526     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs):
6527         """
6528         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6529
6530         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6531         currently be dispatched.
6532         """
6533         return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args, **kwargs)
6534
6535     IsMainLoopRunning = staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning)
6536     def MainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6537         """
6538         MainLoop(self) -> int
6539
6540         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until
6541         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed.
6542         """
6543         return _core_.PyApp_MainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6544
6545     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
6546         """
6547         Exit(self)
6548
6549         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application.
6550         :see: `wx.Exit`
6551         """
6552         return _core_.PyApp_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
6553
6554     def ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs):
6555         """
6556         ExitMainLoop(self)
6557
6558         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main
6559         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!)
6560         """
6561         return _core_.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args, **kwargs)
6562
6563     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
6564         """
6565         Pending(self) -> bool
6566
6567         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue.
6568         """
6569         return _core_.PyApp_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
6570
6571     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
6572         """
6573         Dispatch(self) -> bool
6574
6575         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event
6576         appears if there are none currently)
6577         """
6578         return _core_.PyApp_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
6579
6580     def ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs):
6581         """
6582         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool
6583
6584         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are
6585         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested
6586         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not.
6587         """
6588         return _core_.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args, **kwargs)
6589
6590     def SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs):
6591         """
6592         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool
6593
6594         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more
6595         idle time is requested.
6596         """
6597         return _core_.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args, **kwargs)
6598
6599     def IsActive(*args, **kwargs):
6600         """
6601         IsActive(self) -> bool
6602
6603         Return True if our app has focus.
6604         """
6605         return _core_.PyApp_IsActive(*args, **kwargs)
6606
6607     def SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6608         """
6609         SetTopWindow(self, Window win)
6610
6611         Set the *main* top level window
6612         """
6613         return _core_.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6614
6615     def GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs):
6616         """
6617         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window
6618
6619         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
6620         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
6621         there not any, will return None)
6622         """
6623         return _core_.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args, **kwargs)
6624
6625     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6626         """
6627         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag)
6628
6629         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main
6630         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program
6631         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with
6632         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop()
6633         explicitly from somewhere.
6634         """
6635         return _core_.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6636
6637     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs):
6638         """
6639         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool
6640
6641         Get the current exit behaviour setting.
6642         """
6643         return _core_.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args, **kwargs)
6644
6645     def SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6646         """
6647         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag)
6648
6649         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on
6650         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.)
6651         """
6652         return _core_.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6653
6654     def GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs):
6655         """
6656         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool
6657
6658         Get current UseBestVisual setting.
6659         """
6660         return _core_.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args, **kwargs)
6661
6662     def SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6663         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)"""
6664         return _core_.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6665
6666     def GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs):
6667         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int"""
6668         return _core_.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args, **kwargs)
6669
6670     def SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6671         """
6672         SetAssertMode(self, int mode)
6673
6674         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds.
6675         """
6676         return _core_.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6677
6678     def GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs):
6679         """
6680         GetAssertMode(self) -> int
6681
6682         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting.
6683         """
6684         return _core_.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args, **kwargs)
6685
6686     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6687         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6688         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6689
6690     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6691     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6692         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6693         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6694
6695     GetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6696     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6697         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6698         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6699
6700     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6701     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6702         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6703         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6704
6705     GetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId)
6706     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6707         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6708         return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6709
6710     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6711     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6712         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6713         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6714
6715     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts)
6716     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6717         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6718         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6719
6720     SetMacAboutMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId)
6721     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6722         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6723         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6724
6725     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId)
6726     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6727         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6728         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6729
6730     SetMacExitMenuItemId = staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId)
6731     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6732         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6733         return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6734
6735     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName = staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName)
6736     def _BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs):
6737         """
6738         _BootstrapApp(self)
6739
6740         For internal use only
6741         """
6742         return _core_.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args, **kwargs)
6743
6744     def GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs):
6745         """
6746         GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6747
6748         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6749         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6750         """
6751         return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args, **kwargs)
6752
6753     GetComCtl32Version = staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version)
6754 _core_.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp)
6755
6756 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args):
6757   """
6758     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool
6759
6760     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can
6761     currently be dispatched.
6762     """
6763   return _core_.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args)
6764
6765 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args):
6766   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool"""
6767   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args)
6768
6769 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args):
6770   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long"""
6771   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args)
6772
6773 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args):
6774   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long"""
6775   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args)
6776
6777 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args):
6778   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long"""
6779   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args)
6780
6781 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args):
6782   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String"""
6783   return _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args)
6784
6785 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs):
6786   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)"""
6787   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args, **kwargs)
6788
6789 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6790   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)"""
6791   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6792
6793 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6794   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)"""
6795   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6796
6797 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs):
6798   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)"""
6799   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args, **kwargs)
6800
6801 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs):
6802   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)"""
6803   return _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args, **kwargs)
6804
6805 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args):
6806   """
6807     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int
6808
6809     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if
6810     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms.
6811     """
6812   return _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args)
6813
6814 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
6815
6816
6817 def Exit(*args):
6818   """
6819     Exit()
6820
6821     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit()
6822     """
6823   return _core_.Exit(*args)
6824
6825 def Yield(*args):
6826   """
6827     Yield() -> bool
6828
6829     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield()
6830     """
6831   return _core_.Yield(*args)
6832
6833 def YieldIfNeeded(*args):
6834   """
6835     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool
6836
6837     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True)
6838     """
6839   return _core_.YieldIfNeeded(*args)
6840
6841 def SafeYield(*args, **kwargs):
6842   """
6843     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool
6844
6845     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the
6846     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and
6847     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window
6848     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user
6849     interaction.
6850
6851     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`.
6852     """
6853   return _core_.SafeYield(*args, **kwargs)
6854
6855 def WakeUpIdle(*args):
6856   """
6857     WakeUpIdle()
6858
6859     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be
6860     sent.
6861     """
6862   return _core_.WakeUpIdle(*args)
6863
6864 def PostEvent(*args, **kwargs):
6865   """
6866     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event)
6867
6868     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed
6869     later.
6870     """
6871   return _core_.PostEvent(*args, **kwargs)
6872
6873 def App_CleanUp(*args):
6874   """
6875     App_CleanUp()
6876
6877     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when
6878     Python shuts down.
6879     """
6880   return _core_.App_CleanUp(*args)
6881
6882 def GetApp(*args):
6883   """
6884     GetApp() -> PyApp
6885
6886     Return a reference to the current wx.App object.
6887     """
6888   return _core_.GetApp(*args)
6889
6890 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs):
6891   """
6892     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding)
6893
6894     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a
6895     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6896
6897     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]``
6898     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale
6899     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please
6900     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
6901     between the common latin/roman encodings.
6902     """
6903   return _core_.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args, **kwargs)
6904
6905 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args):
6906   """
6907     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string
6908
6909     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to
6910     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString.
6911     """
6912   return _core_.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args)
6913 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6914
6915 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow:
6916     """
6917     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and
6918     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to
6919     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area
6920     and write the text there.
6921     """
6922     def __init__(self, title = "wxPython: stdout/stderr"):
6923         self.frame  = None
6924         self.title  = title
6925         self.pos    = wx.DefaultPosition
6926         self.size   = (450, 300)
6927         self.parent = None
6928
6929     def SetParent(self, parent):
6930         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent."""
6931         self.parent = parent
6932
6933
6934     def CreateOutputWindow(self, st):
6935         self.frame = wx.Frame(self.parent, -1, self.title, self.pos, self.size,
6936                               style=wx.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE)
6937         self.text  = wx.TextCtrl(self.frame, -1, "",
6938                                  style=wx.TE_MULTILINE|wx.TE_READONLY)
6939         self.text.AppendText(st)
6940         self.frame.Show(True)
6941         self.frame.Bind(wx.EVT_CLOSE, self.OnCloseWindow)
6942
6943
6944     def OnCloseWindow(self, event):
6945         if self.frame is not None:
6946             self.frame.Destroy()
6947         self.frame = None
6948         self.text  = None
6949
6950
6951     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour.
6952     def write(self, text):
6953         """
6954         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it.
6955         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses
6956         CallAfter to do the work there.
6957         """
6958         if self.frame is None:
6959             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6960                 wx.CallAfter(self.CreateOutputWindow, text)
6961             else:
6962                 self.CreateOutputWindow(text)
6963         else:
6964             if not wx.Thread_IsMain():
6965                 wx.CallAfter(self.text.AppendText, text)
6966             else:
6967                 self.text.AppendText(text)
6968
6969
6970     def close(self):
6971         if self.frame is not None:
6972             wx.CallAfter(self.frame.Close)
6973
6974
6975     def flush(self):
6976         pass
6977
6978
6979
6980 #----------------------------------------------------------------------
6981
6982 _defRedirect = (wx.Platform == '__WXMSW__' or wx.Platform == '__WXMAC__')
6983
6984 class App(wx.PyApp):
6985     """
6986     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to:
6987
6988       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying
6989         gui toolkit
6990       * set and get application-wide properties
6991       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop,
6992         and to dispatch events to window instances
6993       * etc.
6994
6995     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all
6996     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the
6997     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui
6998     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized.
6999
7000     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an
7001     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls
7002     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``.
7003
7004     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used
7005            directly.
7006     """
7007
7008     outputWindowClass = PyOnDemandOutputWindow
7009
7010     def __init__(self, redirect=_defRedirect, filename=None,
7011                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7012         """
7013         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.
7014
7015         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be
7016             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False
7017             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be
7018             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can
7019             control what kind of window is created for the output by
7020             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a
7021             class of your choosing.)
7022
7023         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if
7024             redirect is True.
7025
7026         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best
7027             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on
7028             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter
7029             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later
7030             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI
7031             toolkit is initialized.
7032
7033         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the
7034             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other
7035             GUI apps will.
7036
7037         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition
7038             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and
7039             wxWidgets are fully initialized.
7040         """
7041         wx.PyApp.__init__(self)
7042
7043         if wx.Platform == "__WXMAC__":
7044             try:
7045                 import MacOS
7046                 if not MacOS.WMAvailable():
7047                     print """\
7048 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw',
7049 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of
7050 your Mac."""
7051                     _sys.exit(1)
7052             except SystemExit:
7053                 raise
7054             except:
7055                 pass
7056
7057         # This has to be done before OnInit
7058         self.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual)
7059
7060         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem
7061         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this
7062         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send
7063         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By
7064         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as
7065         # expected (depending on platform.)
7066         if clearSigInt:
7067             try:
7068                 import signal
7069                 signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_DFL)
7070             except:
7071                 pass
7072
7073         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window?
7074         self.stdioWin = None
7075         self.saveStdio = (_sys.stdout, _sys.stderr)
7076         if redirect:
7077             self.RedirectStdio(filename)
7078
7079         # Use Python's install prefix as the default
7080         wx.StandardPaths.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys.prefix)
7081
7082         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls
7083         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class
7084         self._BootstrapApp()
7085
7086
7087     def OnPreInit(self):
7088         """
7089         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its
7090         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time
7091         that OnInit is called.
7092         """
7093         wx.StockGDI._initStockObjects()
7094
7095
7096     def __del__(self, destroy=wx.PyApp.__del__):
7097         self.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden
7098         destroy(self)
7099
7100     def Destroy(self):
7101         wx.PyApp.Destroy(self)
7102         self.thisown = 0
7103
7104     def SetTopWindow(self, frame):
7105         """Set the \"main\" top level window"""
7106         if self.stdioWin:
7107             self.stdioWin.SetParent(frame)
7108         wx.PyApp.SetTopWindow(self, frame)
7109
7110
7111     def MainLoop(self):
7112         """Execute the main GUI event loop"""
7113         wx.PyApp.MainLoop(self)
7114         self.RestoreStdio()
7115
7116
7117     def RedirectStdio(self, filename=None):
7118         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window."""
7119         if filename:
7120             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = open(filename, 'a')
7121         else:
7122             self.stdioWin = self.outputWindowClass()
7123             _sys.stdout = _sys.stderr = self.stdioWin
7124
7125
7126     def RestoreStdio(self):
7127         try:
7128             _sys.stdout, _sys.stderr = self.saveStdio
7129         except:
7130             pass
7131
7132
7133     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self, title=None, pos=None, size=None):
7134         """
7135         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if
7136         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before
7137         any output would cause the output window to be created.
7138         """
7139         if self.stdioWin:
7140             if title is not None:
7141                 self.stdioWin.title = title
7142             if pos is not None:
7143                 self.stdioWin.pos = pos
7144             if size is not None:
7145                 self.stdioWin.size = size
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX
7151 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7152 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
7153 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7154 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
7155 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7156 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts = _core_.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
7157 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        = _core_.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
7158 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  = _core_.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
7159 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         = _core_.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
7160 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      = _core_.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
7161 App_GetComCtl32Version           = _core_.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
7162
7163 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7164
7165 class PySimpleApp(wx.App):
7166     """
7167     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and
7168     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry
7169     about OnInit.  For example::
7170
7171         app = wx.PySimpleApp()
7172         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World')
7173         frame.Show()
7174         app.MainLoop()
7175
7176     :see: `wx.App`
7177     """
7178
7179     def __init__(self, redirect=False, filename=None,
7180                  useBestVisual=False, clearSigInt=True):
7181         """
7182         :see: `wx.App.__init__`
7183         """
7184         wx.App.__init__(self, redirect, filename, useBestVisual, clearSigInt)
7185
7186     def OnInit(self):
7187         return True
7188
7189
7190
7191 # Is anybody using this one?
7192 class PyWidgetTester(wx.App):
7193     def __init__(self, size = (250, 100)):
7194         self.size = size
7195         wx.App.__init__(self, 0)
7196
7197     def OnInit(self):
7198         self.frame = wx.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos=(0,0), size=self.size)
7199         self.SetTopWindow(self.frame)
7200         return True
7201
7202     def SetWidget(self, widgetClass, *args, **kwargs):
7203         w = widgetClass(self.frame, *args, **kwargs)
7204         self.frame.Show(True)
7205
7206 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7207 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we
7208 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When
7209 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup
7210 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function.
7211
7212 class __wxPyCleanup:
7213     def __init__(self):
7214         self.cleanup = _core_.App_CleanUp
7215     def __del__(self):
7216         self.cleanup()
7217
7218 _sys.__wxPythonCleanup = __wxPyCleanup()
7219
7220 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early...
7221 ## import atexit
7222 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp)
7223
7224
7225 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7226
7227 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7228
7229 class EventLoop(object):
7230     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class"""
7231     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7232     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7233     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7234         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop"""
7235         _core_.EventLoop_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoop(*args, **kwargs))
7236     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoop
7237     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7238     def Run(*args, **kwargs):
7239         """Run(self) -> int"""
7240         return _core_.EventLoop_Run(*args, **kwargs)
7241
7242     def Exit(*args, **kwargs):
7243         """Exit(self, int rc=0)"""
7244         return _core_.EventLoop_Exit(*args, **kwargs)
7245
7246     def Pending(*args, **kwargs):
7247         """Pending(self) -> bool"""
7248         return _core_.EventLoop_Pending(*args, **kwargs)
7249
7250     def Dispatch(*args, **kwargs):
7251         """Dispatch(self) -> bool"""
7252         return _core_.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args, **kwargs)
7253
7254     def IsRunning(*args, **kwargs):
7255         """IsRunning(self) -> bool"""
7256         return _core_.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args, **kwargs)
7257
7258     def GetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7259         """GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7260         return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7261
7262     GetActive = staticmethod(GetActive)
7263     def SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7264         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7265         return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7266
7267     SetActive = staticmethod(SetActive)
7268 _core_.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop)
7269
7270 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args):
7271   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop"""
7272   return _core_.EventLoop_GetActive(*args)
7273
7274 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs):
7275   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)"""
7276   return _core_.EventLoop_SetActive(*args, **kwargs)
7277
7278 class EventLoopActivator(object):
7279     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class"""
7280     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7281     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7282     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7283         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator"""
7284         _core_.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_EventLoopActivator(*args, **kwargs))
7285     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_EventLoopActivator
7286     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7287 _core_.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator)
7288
7289 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7290
7291 class AcceleratorEntry(object):
7292     """
7293     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython
7294     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a
7295     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just
7296     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values.
7297
7298     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable`
7299     """
7300     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7301     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7302     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7303         """
7304         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry
7305
7306         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7307         """
7308         _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args, **kwargs))
7309     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorEntry
7310     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7311     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
7312         """
7313         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd)
7314
7315         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry.
7316         :see `__init__`
7317         """
7318         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args, **kwargs)
7319
7320     def GetFlags(*args, **kwargs):
7321         """
7322         GetFlags(self) -> int
7323
7324         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags.
7325         """
7326         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args, **kwargs)
7327
7328     def GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs):
7329         """
7330         GetKeyCode(self) -> int
7331
7332         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode.
7333         """
7334         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args, **kwargs)
7335
7336     def GetCommand(*args, **kwargs):
7337         """
7338         GetCommand(self) -> int
7339
7340         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID.
7341         """
7342         return _core_.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args, **kwargs)
7343
7344 _core_.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry)
7345
7346 class AcceleratorTable(Object):
7347     """
7348     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of
7349     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or
7350     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are
7351     supported.
7352     """
7353     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7354     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7355     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7356         """
7357         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable
7358
7359         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7360         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID)
7361
7362         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry`
7363         """
7364         _core_.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self,_core_.new_AcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs))
7365     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_AcceleratorTable
7366     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7367     def Ok(*args, **kwargs):
7368         """Ok(self) -> bool"""
7369         return _core_.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args, **kwargs)
7370
7371 _core_.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable)
7372
7373
7374 def GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs):
7375   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
7376   return _core_.GetAccelFromString(*args, **kwargs)
7377 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
7378
7379 class VisualAttributes(object):
7380     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control"""
7381     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7382     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7383     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7384         """
7385         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes
7386
7387         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
7388         """
7389         _core_.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self,_core_.new_VisualAttributes(*args, **kwargs))
7390     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_VisualAttributes
7391     __del__ = lambda self : None;
7392     font = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_font_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_font_set)
7393     colFg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colFg_set)
7394     colBg = property(_core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_get, _core_.VisualAttributes_colBg_set)
7395 _core_.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes)
7396 NullAcceleratorTable = cvar.NullAcceleratorTable
7397 PanelNameStr = cvar.PanelNameStr
7398
7399 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
7400 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
7401 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
7402 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
7403 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX = _core_.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
7404 class Window(EvtHandler):
7405     """
7406     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible
7407     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are
7408     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't
7409     appear on screen themselves.
7410
7411     """
7412     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
7413     __repr__ = _swig_repr
7414     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
7415         """
7416         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7417             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window
7418
7419         Construct and show a generic Window.
7420         """
7421         _core_.Window_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Window(*args, **kwargs))
7422         self._setOORInfo(self)
7423
7424     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
7425         """
7426         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
7427             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool
7428
7429         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.
7430         """
7431         return _core_.Window_Create(*args, **kwargs)
7432
7433     def Close(*args, **kwargs):
7434         """
7435         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool
7436
7437         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually
7438         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,
7439         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close
7440         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.
7441         """
7442         return _core_.Window_Close(*args, **kwargs)
7443
7444     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
7445         """
7446         Destroy(self) -> bool
7447
7448         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed
7449         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list
7450         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events
7451         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to
7452         non-existent windows.
7453
7454         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it
7455         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.
7456         """
7457         val = _core_.Window_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
7458         args[0].thisown = 0
7459         return val
7460
7461     def DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs):
7462         """
7463         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool
7464
7465         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the
7466         destructor.
7467         """
7468         return _core_.Window_DestroyChildren(*args, **kwargs)
7469
7470     def IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs):
7471         """
7472         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool
7473
7474         Is the window in the process of being deleted?
7475         """
7476         return _core_.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args, **kwargs)
7477
7478     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7479         """
7480         SetLabel(self, String label)
7481
7482         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.
7483         """
7484         return _core_.Window_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7485
7486     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
7487         """
7488         GetLabel(self) -> String
7489
7490         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification
7491         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to
7492         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For
7493         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function
7494         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs
7495         access programs)which need to identify windows by name.
7496         """
7497         return _core_.Window_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
7498
7499     def SetName(*args, **kwargs):
7500         """
7501         SetName(self, String name)
7502
7503         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting
7504         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label
7505         """
7506         return _core_.Window_SetName(*args, **kwargs)
7507
7508     def GetName(*args, **kwargs):
7509         """
7510         GetName(self) -> String
7511
7512         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique;
7513         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window
7514         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.
7515         """
7516         return _core_.Window_GetName(*args, **kwargs)
7517
7518     def SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7519         """
7520         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant)
7521
7522         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if
7523         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.
7524         """
7525         return _core_.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7526
7527     def GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs):
7528         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int"""
7529         return _core_.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args, **kwargs)
7530
7531     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
7532         """
7533         SetId(self, int winid)
7534
7535         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7536         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier
7537         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on
7538         creation and should not be modified subsequently.
7539         """
7540         return _core_.Window_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
7541
7542     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
7543         """
7544         GetId(self) -> int
7545
7546         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer
7547         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id
7548         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be
7549         generated.
7550         """
7551         return _core_.Window_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
7552
7553     def NewControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7554         """
7555         NewControlId() -> int
7556
7557         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
7558         """
7559         return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7560
7561     NewControlId = staticmethod(NewControlId)
7562     def NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7563         """
7564         NextControlId(int winid) -> int
7565
7566         Get the id of the control following the one with the given
7567         autogenerated) id
7568         """
7569         return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7570
7571     NextControlId = staticmethod(NextControlId)
7572     def PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
7573         """
7574         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
7575
7576         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
7577         autogenerated) id
7578         """
7579         return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
7580
7581     PrevControlId = staticmethod(PrevControlId)
7582     def SetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7583         """
7584         SetSize(self, Size size)
7585
7586         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7587         """
7588         return _core_.Window_SetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7589
7590     def SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs):
7591         """
7592         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7593
7594         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags
7595         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are
7596         equal to -1.
7597
7598             ========================  ======================================
7599             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific
7600                                       default should be used.
7601             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if
7602                                       -1 values are supplied.
7603             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be
7604                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not
7605                                       default values.
7606             ========================  ======================================
7607
7608         """
7609         return _core_.Window_SetDimensions(*args, **kwargs)
7610
7611     def SetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7612         """
7613         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)
7614
7615         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.
7616         """
7617         return _core_.Window_SetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7618
7619     def SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7620         """
7621         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7622
7623         Sets the size of the window in pixels.
7624         """
7625         return _core_.Window_SetSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7626
7627     def Move(*args, **kwargs):
7628         """
7629         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7630
7631         Moves the window to the given position.
7632         """
7633         return _core_.Window_Move(*args, **kwargs)
7634
7635     SetPosition = Move
7636     def MoveXY(*args, **kwargs):
7637         """
7638         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)
7639
7640         Moves the window to the given position.
7641         """
7642         return _core_.Window_MoveXY(*args, **kwargs)
7643
7644     def SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7645         """
7646         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize)
7647
7648         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the
7649         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.
7650         """
7651         return _core_.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7652
7653     def Raise(*args, **kwargs):
7654         """
7655         Raise(self)
7656
7657         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current
7658         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7659         """
7660         return _core_.Window_Raise(*args, **kwargs)
7661
7662     def Lower(*args, **kwargs):
7663         """
7664         Lower(self)
7665
7666         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current
7667         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows.
7668         """
7669         return _core_.Window_Lower(*args, **kwargs)
7670
7671     def SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7672         """
7673         SetClientSize(self, Size size)
7674
7675         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7676         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7677         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7678         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7679         around panel items, for example.
7680         """
7681         return _core_.Window_SetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7682
7683     def SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
7684         """
7685         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height)
7686
7687         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7688         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7689         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7690         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7691         around panel items, for example.
7692         """
7693         return _core_.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
7694
7695     def SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7696         """
7697         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect)
7698
7699         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this
7700         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than
7701         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what
7702         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window
7703         around panel items, for example.
7704         """
7705         return _core_.Window_SetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7706
7707     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7708         """
7709         GetPosition(self) -> Point
7710
7711         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7712         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7713         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7714         kinds of windows.
7715         """
7716         return _core_.Window_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7717
7718     def GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7719         """
7720         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7721
7722         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client
7723         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level
7724         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all
7725         kinds of windows.
7726         """
7727         return _core_.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7728
7729     def GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs):
7730         """
7731         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point
7732
7733         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7734         """
7735         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args, **kwargs)
7736
7737     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7738         """
7739         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y)
7740
7741         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.
7742         """
7743         return _core_.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7744
7745     def GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs):
7746         """
7747         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect
7748
7749         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as
7750         a `wx.Rect` object.
7751         """
7752         return _core_.Window_GetScreenRect(*args, **kwargs)
7753
7754     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
7755         """
7756         GetSize(self) -> Size
7757
7758         Get the window size.
7759         """
7760         return _core_.Window_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
7761
7762     def GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7763         """
7764         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7765
7766         Get the window size.
7767         """
7768         return _core_.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7769
7770     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
7771         """
7772         GetRect(self) -> Rect
7773
7774         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.
7775         """
7776         return _core_.Window_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
7777
7778     def GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs):
7779         """
7780         GetClientSize(self) -> Size
7781
7782         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7783         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7784         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7785         """
7786         return _core_.Window_GetClientSize(*args, **kwargs)
7787
7788     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7789         """
7790         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7791
7792         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client
7793         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding
7794         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.
7795         """
7796         return _core_.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7797
7798     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs):
7799         """
7800         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point
7801
7802         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
7803         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
7804         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
7805         """
7806         return _core_.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args, **kwargs)
7807
7808     def GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
7809         """
7810         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect
7811
7812         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.
7813         """
7814         return _core_.Window_GetClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
7815
7816     def GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7817         """
7818         GetBestSize(self) -> Size
7819
7820         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7821         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7822         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7823         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7824         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7825         after calling Fit.
7826         """
7827         return _core_.Window_GetBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7828
7829     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
7830         """
7831         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
7832
7833         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the
7834         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will
7835         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For
7836         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by
7837         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had
7838         after calling Fit.
7839         """
7840         return _core_.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
7841
7842     def InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7843         """
7844         InvalidateBestSize(self)
7845
7846         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next
7847         time it is needed.
7848         """
7849         return _core_.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7850
7851     def CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7852         """
7853         CacheBestSize(self, Size size)
7854
7855         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until
7856         some properties of the window change.)
7857         """
7858         return _core_.Window_CacheBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7859
7860     def GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs):
7861         """
7862         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size
7863
7864         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
7865         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns
7866         the results.
7867
7868         """
7869         return _core_.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args, **kwargs)
7870
7871     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs):
7872         """
7873         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size
7874
7875         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one
7876         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the
7877         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any
7878         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window
7879         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly
7880         tolerate.
7881         """
7882         return _core_.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args, **kwargs)
7883
7884     def Center(*args, **kwargs):
7885         """
7886         Center(self, int direction=BOTH)
7887
7888         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for
7889         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may
7890         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window
7891         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a
7892         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered
7893         relative to the screen.
7894         """
7895         return _core_.Window_Center(*args, **kwargs)
7896
7897     Centre = Center
7898     def CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs):
7899         """
7900         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH)
7901
7902         Center with respect to the the parent window
7903         """
7904         return _core_.Window_CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)
7905
7906     CentreOnParent = CenterOnParent
7907     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
7908         """
7909         Fit(self)
7910
7911         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function
7912         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work
7913         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the
7914         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result
7915         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of
7916         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize())
7917         instead of calling Fit.
7918         """
7919         return _core_.Window_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
7920
7921     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
7922         """
7923         FitInside(self)
7924
7925         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a
7926         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after
7927         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled
7928         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do
7929         anything if there are no subwindows.
7930         """
7931         return _core_.Window_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
7932
7933     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7934         """
7935         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,
7936             int incH=-1)
7937
7938         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7939         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7940         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7941         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7942         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7943         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7944
7945         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7946         """
7947         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7948
7949     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7950         """
7951         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)
7952
7953         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window
7954         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the
7955         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user
7956         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is
7957         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size
7958         and will use that value if set when calculating layout.
7959
7960         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.
7961         """
7962         return _core_.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7963
7964     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
7965         """
7966         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)
7967
7968         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7969         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7970         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7971         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7972         """
7973         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
7974
7975     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs):
7976         """
7977         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)
7978
7979         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a
7980         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be
7981         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size
7982         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.
7983         """
7984         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args, **kwargs)
7985
7986     def GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
7987         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size"""
7988         return _core_.Window_GetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
7989
7990     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
7991         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size"""
7992         return _core_.Window_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
7993
7994     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
7995         """
7996         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize)
7997
7998         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
7999         min size.
8000         """
8001         return _core_.Window_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
8002
8003     def SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs):
8004         """
8005         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize)
8006
8007         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the
8008         max size.
8009         """
8010         return _core_.Window_SetMaxSize(*args, **kwargs)
8011
8012     def GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8013         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int"""
8014         return _core_.Window_GetMinWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8015
8016     def GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8017         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int"""
8018         return _core_.Window_GetMinHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8019
8020     def GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs):
8021         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int"""
8022         return _core_.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args, **kwargs)
8023
8024     def GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs):
8025         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int"""
8026         return _core_.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args, **kwargs)
8027
8028     def SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8029         """
8030         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size)
8031
8032         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8033         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8034         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8035         """
8036         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8037
8038     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs):
8039         """
8040         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h)
8041
8042         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this
8043         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8044         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8045         """
8046         return _core_.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args, **kwargs)
8047
8048     def GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8049         """
8050         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8051
8052         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8053         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8054         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8055         """
8056         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8057
8058     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs):
8059         """
8060         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height)
8061
8062         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows
8063         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled
8064         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.
8065         """
8066         return _core_.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args, **kwargs)
8067
8068     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs):
8069         """
8070         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size
8071
8072         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a
8073         sizer, interior children, or other means)
8074         """
8075         return _core_.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args, **kwargs)
8076
8077     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
8078         """
8079         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool
8080
8081         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level
8082         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if
8083         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if
8084         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done
8085         because it already was in the requested state.
8086         """
8087         return _core_.Window_Show(*args, **kwargs)
8088
8089     def Hide(*args, **kwargs):
8090         """
8091         Hide(self) -> bool
8092
8093         Equivalent to calling Show(False).
8094         """
8095         return _core_.Window_Hide(*args, **kwargs)
8096
8097     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
8098         """
8099         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool
8100
8101         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent
8102         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they
8103         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window
8104         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the
8105         window had already been in the specified state.
8106         """
8107         return _core_.Window_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
8108
8109     def Disable(*args, **kwargs):
8110         """
8111         Disable(self) -> bool
8112
8113         Disables the window, same as Enable(false).
8114         """
8115         return _core_.Window_Disable(*args, **kwargs)
8116
8117     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
8118         """
8119         IsShown(self) -> bool
8120
8121         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.
8122         """
8123         return _core_.Window_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
8124
8125     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8126         """
8127         IsEnabled(self) -> bool
8128
8129         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.
8130         """
8131         return _core_.Window_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8132
8133     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8134         """
8135         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style)
8136
8137         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be
8138         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be
8139         called after changing the others for the change to take place
8140         immediately.
8141         """
8142         return _core_.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8143
8144     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8145         """
8146         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long
8147
8148         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create
8149         method.
8150         """
8151         return _core_.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8152
8153     SetWindowStyle = SetWindowStyleFlag; GetWindowStyle = GetWindowStyleFlag
8154     def HasFlag(*args, **kwargs):
8155         """
8156         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool
8157
8158         Test if the given style is set for this window.
8159         """
8160         return _core_.Window_HasFlag(*args, **kwargs)
8161
8162     def IsRetained(*args, **kwargs):
8163         """
8164         IsRetained(self) -> bool
8165
8166         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained
8167         windows are only available on X platforms.
8168         """
8169         return _core_.Window_IsRetained(*args, **kwargs)
8170
8171     def SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8172         """
8173         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle)
8174
8175         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less
8176         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with
8177         SetWindowStyleFlag()
8178         """
8179         return _core_.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8180
8181     def GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8182         """
8183         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long
8184
8185         Returns the extra style bits for the window.
8186         """
8187         return _core_.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8188
8189     def MakeModal(*args, **kwargs):
8190         """
8191         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True)
8192
8193         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can
8194         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this
8195         effect.
8196         """
8197         return _core_.Window_MakeModal(*args, **kwargs)
8198
8199     def SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8200         """
8201         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme)
8202
8203         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"
8204          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background
8205          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support
8206          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is
8207          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a
8208          user's selected theme.
8209
8210         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true
8211         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.
8212         """
8213         return _core_.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8214
8215     def GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
8216         """
8217         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool
8218
8219         Return the themeEnabled flag.
8220         """
8221         return _core_.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
8222
8223     def SetFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8224         """
8225         SetFocus(self)
8226
8227         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.
8228         """
8229         return _core_.Window_SetFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8230
8231     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs):
8232         """
8233         SetFocusFromKbd(self)
8234
8235         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally
8236         only called internally.
8237         """
8238         return _core_.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args, **kwargs)
8239
8240     def FindFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8241         """
8242         FindFocus() -> Window
8243
8244         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
8245         or None.
8246         """
8247         return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8248
8249     FindFocus = staticmethod(FindFocus)
8250     def AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs):
8251         """
8252         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool
8253
8254         Can this window have focus?
8255         """
8256         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args, **kwargs)
8257
8258     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs):
8259         """
8260         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool
8261
8262         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
8263         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click
8264         it.
8265         """
8266         return _core_.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args, **kwargs)
8267
8268     def GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8269         """
8270         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window
8271
8272         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated
8273         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.
8274         """
8275         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8276
8277     def SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8278         """
8279         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window
8280
8281         Set this child as default, return the old default.
8282         """
8283         return _core_.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8284
8285     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs):
8286         """
8287         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win)
8288
8289         Set this child as temporary default
8290         """
8291         return _core_.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args, **kwargs)
8292
8293     def Navigate(*args, **kwargs):
8294         """
8295         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool
8296
8297         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a
8298         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.
8299         """
8300         return _core_.Window_Navigate(*args, **kwargs)
8301
8302     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8303         """
8304         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8305
8306         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified
8307         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on
8308         that other window, the focus switches to this window.
8309
8310         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function
8311         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the
8312         windows.
8313
8314         """
8315         return _core_.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8316
8317     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs):
8318         """
8319         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win)
8320
8321         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just
8322         before win instead of putting it right after it.
8323         """
8324         return _core_.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args, **kwargs)
8325
8326     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
8327         """
8328         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject
8329
8330         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a
8331         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return
8332         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children
8333         do not change.
8334         """
8335         return _core_.Window_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
8336
8337     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
8338         """
8339         GetParent(self) -> Window
8340
8341         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.
8342         """
8343         return _core_.Window_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
8344
8345     def GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs):
8346         """
8347         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window
8348
8349         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there
8350         isn't one.
8351         """
8352         return _core_.Window_GetGrandParent(*args, **kwargs)
8353
8354     def IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs):
8355         """
8356         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool
8357
8358         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all
8359         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even
8360         if they have a parent window).
8361         """
8362         return _core_.Window_IsTopLevel(*args, **kwargs)
8363
8364     def Reparent(*args, **kwargs):
8365         """
8366         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool
8367
8368         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current
8369         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then
8370         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True
8371         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==
8372         oldParent)
8373         """
8374         return _core_.Window_Reparent(*args, **kwargs)
8375
8376     def AddChild(*args, **kwargs):
8377         """
8378         AddChild(self, Window child)
8379
8380         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation
8381         functions so should not be required by the application programmer.
8382         """
8383         return _core_.Window_AddChild(*args, **kwargs)
8384
8385     def RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs):
8386         """
8387         RemoveChild(self, Window child)
8388
8389         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window
8390         deletion functions so should not be required by the application
8391         programmer.
8392         """
8393         return _core_.Window_RemoveChild(*args, **kwargs)
8394
8395     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs):
8396         """
8397         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on)
8398
8399         Currently wxGTK2 only.
8400         """
8401         return _core_.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args, **kwargs)
8402
8403     def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
8404         """
8405         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window
8406
8407         Find a chld of this window by window ID
8408         """
8409         return _core_.Window_FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
8410
8411     def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
8412         """
8413         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window
8414
8415         Find a child of this window by name
8416         """
8417         return _core_.Window_FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
8418
8419     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8420         """
8421         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler
8422
8423         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is
8424         its own event handler.
8425         """
8426         return _core_.Window_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8427
8428     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8429         """
8430         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8431
8432         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object
8433         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default,
8434         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to
8435         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of
8436         event-handling for a variety of different window classes.
8437
8438         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets
8439         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event
8440         handler is handed to the next one in the chain.
8441         """
8442         return _core_.Window_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8443
8444     def PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8445         """
8446         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)
8447
8448         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.
8449         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events
8450         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but
8451         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow
8452         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different
8453         window classes.
8454
8455         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of
8456         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is
8457         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to
8458         remove the event handler.
8459         """
8460         return _core_.Window_PushEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8461
8462     def PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8463         """
8464         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler
8465
8466         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler
8467         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be
8468         destroyed after it is popped.
8469         """
8470         return _core_.Window_PopEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8471
8472     def RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
8473         """
8474         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool
8475
8476         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not
8477         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found
8478         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this
8479         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be
8480         there.)
8481         """
8482         return _core_.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
8483
8484     def SetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8485         """
8486         SetValidator(self, Validator validator)
8487
8488         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,
8489         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this
8490         type.
8491         """
8492         return _core_.Window_SetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8493
8494     def GetValidator(*args, **kwargs):
8495         """
8496         GetValidator(self) -> Validator
8497
8498         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if
8499         there is none.
8500         """
8501         return _core_.Window_GetValidator(*args, **kwargs)
8502
8503     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
8504         """
8505         Validate(self) -> bool
8506
8507         Validates the current values of the child controls using their
8508         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8509         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child
8510         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed.
8511         """
8512         return _core_.Window_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
8513
8514     def TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8515         """
8516         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool
8517
8518         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their
8519         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra
8520         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of
8521         all child windows.
8522         """
8523         return _core_.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8524
8525     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
8526         """
8527         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool
8528
8529         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their
8530         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has
8531         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will
8532         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows.
8533         """
8534         return _core_.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
8535
8536     def InitDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8537         """
8538         InitDialog(self)
8539
8540         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data
8541         to the dialog via validators.
8542         """
8543         return _core_.Window_InitDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8544
8545     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8546         """
8547         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel)
8548
8549         Sets the accelerator table for this window.
8550         """
8551         return _core_.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8552
8553     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs):
8554         """
8555         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable
8556
8557         Gets the accelerator table for this window.
8558         """
8559         return _core_.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args, **kwargs)
8560
8561     def RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8562         """
8563         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool
8564
8565         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey
8566         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will
8567         receive the event even if the application is in the background and
8568         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some
8569         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey
8570         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the
8571         hotkey was registered successfully.
8572         """
8573         return _core_.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8574
8575     def UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs):
8576         """
8577         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool
8578
8579         Unregisters a system wide hotkey.
8580         """
8581         return _core_.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args, **kwargs)
8582
8583     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8584         """
8585         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point
8586
8587         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8588         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8589         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8590         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8591         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8592         then divided by 8.
8593         """
8594         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8595
8596     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs):
8597         """
8598         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size
8599
8600         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8601         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8602         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8603         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8604         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8605         then divided by 8.
8606         """
8607         return _core_.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args, **kwargs)
8608
8609     def DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs):
8610         """
8611         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point
8612
8613         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8614         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8615         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8616         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8617         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8618         then divided by 8.
8619         """
8620         return _core_.Window_DLG_PNT(*args, **kwargs)
8621
8622     def DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs):
8623         """
8624         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size
8625
8626         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units
8627         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font
8628         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the
8629         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,
8630         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and
8631         then divided by 8.
8632         """
8633         return _core_.Window_DLG_SZE(*args, **kwargs)
8634
8635     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8636         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point"""
8637         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8638
8639     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs):
8640         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size"""
8641         return _core_.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args, **kwargs)
8642
8643     def WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs):
8644         """
8645         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y)
8646
8647         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.
8648
8649         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human
8650         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.
8651         """
8652         return _core_.Window_WarpPointer(*args, **kwargs)
8653
8654     def CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8655         """
8656         CaptureMouse(self)
8657
8658         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to
8659         release the capture.
8660
8661         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the
8662         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window
8663         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if
8664         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must
8665         release the mouse as many times as you capture it.
8666         """
8667         return _core_.Window_CaptureMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8668
8669     def ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs):
8670         """
8671         ReleaseMouse(self)
8672
8673         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.
8674         """
8675         return _core_.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args, **kwargs)
8676
8677     def GetCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8678         """
8679         GetCapture() -> Window
8680
8681         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
8682         """
8683         return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8684
8685     GetCapture = staticmethod(GetCapture)
8686     def HasCapture(*args, **kwargs):
8687         """
8688         HasCapture(self) -> bool
8689
8690         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.
8691         """
8692         return _core_.Window_HasCapture(*args, **kwargs)
8693
8694     def Refresh(*args, **kwargs):
8695         """
8696         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)
8697
8698         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
8699         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent
8700         to the window.
8701         """
8702         return _core_.Window_Refresh(*args, **kwargs)
8703
8704     def RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs):
8705         """
8706         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)
8707
8708         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will
8709         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.
8710         """
8711         return _core_.Window_RefreshRect(*args, **kwargs)
8712
8713     def Update(*args, **kwargs):
8714         """
8715         Update(self)
8716
8717         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the
8718         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally
8719         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the
8720         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and
8721         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh
8722         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of
8723         it) unconditionally.
8724         """
8725         return _core_.Window_Update(*args, **kwargs)
8726
8727     def ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8728         """
8729         ClearBackground(self)
8730
8731         Clears the window by filling it with the current background
8732         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.
8733         """
8734         return _core_.Window_ClearBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8735
8736     def Freeze(*args, **kwargs):
8737         """
8738         Freeze(self)
8739
8740         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from
8741         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be
8742         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be
8743         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has
8744         been undone.
8745
8746         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,
8747         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into
8748         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor
8749         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a
8750         mandatory directive.
8751         """
8752         return _core_.Window_Freeze(*args, **kwargs)
8753
8754     def Thaw(*args, **kwargs):
8755         """
8756         Thaw(self)
8757
8758         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to
8759         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of
8760         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.
8761         """
8762         return _core_.Window_Thaw(*args, **kwargs)
8763
8764     def PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs):
8765         """
8766         PrepareDC(self, DC dc)
8767
8768         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a
8769         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current
8770         scroll position.
8771         """
8772         return _core_.Window_PrepareDC(*args, **kwargs)
8773
8774     def GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs):
8775         """
8776         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region
8777
8778         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been
8779         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.
8780         """
8781         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args, **kwargs)
8782
8783     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs):
8784         """
8785         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect
8786
8787         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.
8788         """
8789         return _core_.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args, **kwargs)
8790
8791     def IsExposed(*args, **kwargs):
8792         """
8793         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool
8794
8795         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8796         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8797         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8798         exposed.
8799         """
8800         return _core_.Window_IsExposed(*args, **kwargs)
8801
8802     def IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs):
8803         """
8804         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool
8805
8806         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8807         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8808         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8809         exposed.
8810         """
8811         return _core_.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args, **kwargs)
8812
8813     def IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs):
8814         """
8815         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool
8816
8817         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed
8818         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to
8819         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been
8820         exposed.
8821         """
8822         return _core_.Window_IsExposedRect(*args, **kwargs)
8823
8824     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8825         """
8826         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes
8827
8828         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is
8829         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control
8830         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard
8831         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of
8832         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8833         """
8834         return _core_.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8835
8836     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
8837         """
8838         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
8839
8840         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
8841         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
8842         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
8843         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
8844         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
8845
8846         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
8847         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
8848         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
8849         this.
8850         """
8851         return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
8852
8853     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
8854     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8855         """
8856         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8857
8858         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour
8859         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default
8860         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and
8861         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window
8862         to the default background colour.
8863
8864         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate
8865         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after
8866         calling this function.
8867
8868         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this
8869         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the
8870         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all
8871         applications on the system.
8872         """
8873         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8874
8875     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8876         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8877         return _core_.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8878
8879     def SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8880         """
8881         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool
8882
8883         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour
8884         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on
8885         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may
8886         not be used at all.
8887         """
8888         return _core_.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8889
8890     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8891         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)"""
8892         return _core_.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8893
8894     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8895         """
8896         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour
8897
8898         Returns the background colour of the window.
8899         """
8900         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8901
8902     def GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8903         """
8904         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour
8905
8906         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of
8907         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text
8908         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.
8909         """
8910         return _core_.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8911
8912     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
8913         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool"""
8914         return _core_.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
8915
8916     def UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs):
8917         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool"""
8918         return _core_.Window_UseBgCol(*args, **kwargs)
8919
8920     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8921         """
8922         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool
8923
8924         Returns the background style of the window. The background style
8925         indicates how the background of the window is drawn.
8926
8927             ======================  ========================================
8928             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should
8929                                     be determined by the system
8930             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour
8931             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the
8932                                     application.
8933             ======================  ========================================
8934
8935         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of
8936         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has
8937         no effect on other platforms.
8938
8939         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`
8940         """
8941         return _core_.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8942
8943     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs):
8944         """
8945         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int
8946
8947         Returns the background style of the window.
8948
8949         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle`
8950         """
8951         return _core_.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args, **kwargs)
8952
8953     def HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs):
8954         """
8955         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool
8956
8957         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for
8958         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's
8959         background.
8960
8961         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you
8962         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override
8963         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted
8964         correctly.
8965         """
8966         return _core_.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args, **kwargs)
8967
8968     def SetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8969         """
8970         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool
8971
8972         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it
8973         for the children of the window implicitly.
8974
8975         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will
8976         be reset back to default.
8977         """
8978         return _core_.Window_SetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8979
8980     def GetCursor(*args, **kwargs):
8981         """
8982         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor
8983
8984         Return the cursor associated with this window.
8985         """
8986         return _core_.Window_GetCursor(*args, **kwargs)
8987
8988     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
8989         """
8990         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool
8991
8992         Sets the font for this window.
8993         """
8994         return _core_.Window_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
8995
8996     def SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs):
8997         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)"""
8998         return _core_.Window_SetOwnFont(*args, **kwargs)
8999
9000     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
9001         """
9002         GetFont(self) -> Font
9003
9004         Returns the default font used for this window.
9005         """
9006         return _core_.Window_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
9007
9008     def SetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9009         """
9010         SetCaret(self, Caret caret)
9011
9012         Sets the caret associated with the window.
9013         """
9014         return _core_.Window_SetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9015
9016     def GetCaret(*args, **kwargs):
9017         """
9018         GetCaret(self) -> Caret
9019
9020         Returns the caret associated with the window.
9021         """
9022         return _core_.Window_GetCaret(*args, **kwargs)
9023
9024     def GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs):
9025         """
9026         GetCharHeight(self) -> int
9027
9028         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9029         """
9030         return _core_.Window_GetCharHeight(*args, **kwargs)
9031
9032     def GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs):
9033         """
9034         GetCharWidth(self) -> int
9035
9036         Get the (average) character size for the current font.
9037         """
9038         return _core_.Window_GetCharWidth(*args, **kwargs)
9039
9040     def GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9041         """
9042         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height)
9043
9044         Get the width and height of the text using the current font.
9045         """
9046         return _core_.Window_GetTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9047
9048     def GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs):
9049         """
9050         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) ->
9051            (width, height, descent, externalLeading)
9052
9053         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the
9054         current or specified font.
9055         """
9056         return _core_.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args, **kwargs)
9057
9058     def ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs):
9059         """
9060         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9061
9062         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9063         """
9064         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args, **kwargs)
9065
9066     def ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs):
9067         """
9068         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y)
9069
9070         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9071         """
9072         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args, **kwargs)
9073
9074     def ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs):
9075         """
9076         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point
9077
9078         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.
9079         """
9080         return _core_.Window_ClientToScreen(*args, **kwargs)
9081
9082     def ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs):
9083         """
9084         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point
9085
9086         Converts from screen to client window coordinates.
9087         """
9088         return _core_.Window_ScreenToClient(*args, **kwargs)
9089
9090     def HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs):
9091         """
9092         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int
9093
9094         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9095         """
9096         return _core_.Window_HitTestXY(*args, **kwargs)
9097
9098     def HitTest(*args, **kwargs):
9099         """
9100         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int
9101
9102         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies
9103         """
9104         return _core_.Window_HitTest(*args, **kwargs)
9105
9106     def GetBorder(*args):
9107         """
9108         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int
9109         GetBorder(self) -> int
9110
9111         Get border for the flags of this window
9112         """
9113         return _core_.Window_GetBorder(*args)
9114
9115     def UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs):
9116         """
9117         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)
9118
9119         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular
9120         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will
9121         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will
9122         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this
9123         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at
9124         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are
9125         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called
9126         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to
9127         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events
9128         in idle time.
9129         """
9130         return _core_.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args, **kwargs)
9131
9132     def PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs):
9133         """
9134         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool
9135
9136         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9137         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9138         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9139         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9140         mouse cursor will be used.
9141         """
9142         return _core_.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args, **kwargs)
9143
9144     def PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9145         """
9146         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool
9147
9148         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,
9149         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is
9150         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as
9151         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the
9152         mouse cursor will be used.
9153         """
9154         return _core_.Window_PopupMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9155
9156     def GetHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9157         """
9158         GetHandle(self) -> long
9159
9160         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the
9161         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the
9162         toplevel parent of the window.
9163         """
9164         return _core_.Window_GetHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9165
9166     def AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9167         """
9168         AssociateHandle(self, long handle)
9169
9170         Associate the window with a new native handle
9171         """
9172         return _core_.Window_AssociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9173
9174     def DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs):
9175         """
9176         DissociateHandle(self)
9177
9178         Dissociate the current native handle from the window
9179         """
9180         return _core_.Window_DissociateHandle(*args, **kwargs)
9181
9182     def OnPaint(*args, **kwargs):
9183         """OnPaint(self, PaintEvent event)"""
9184         return _core_.Window_OnPaint(*args, **kwargs)
9185
9186     def HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9187         """
9188         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool
9189
9190         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?
9191         """
9192         return _core_.Window_HasScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9193
9194     def SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs):
9195         """
9196         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,
9197             bool refresh=True)
9198
9199         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.
9200         """
9201         return _core_.Window_SetScrollbar(*args, **kwargs)
9202
9203     def SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9204         """
9205         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)
9206
9207         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.
9208         """
9209         return _core_.Window_SetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9210
9211     def GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs):
9212         """
9213         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int
9214
9215         Returns the built-in scrollbar position.
9216         """
9217         return _core_.Window_GetScrollPos(*args, **kwargs)
9218
9219     def GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs):
9220         """
9221         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int
9222
9223         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.
9224         """
9225         return _core_.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args, **kwargs)
9226
9227     def GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs):
9228         """
9229         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int
9230
9231         Returns the built-in scrollbar range.
9232         """
9233         return _core_.Window_GetScrollRange(*args, **kwargs)
9234
9235     def ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9236         """
9237         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)
9238
9239         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows
9240         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling
9241         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that
9242         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.
9243         """
9244         return _core_.Window_ScrollWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9245
9246     def ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs):
9247         """
9248         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool
9249
9250         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9251         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines
9252         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9253         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9254         """
9255         return _core_.Window_ScrollLines(*args, **kwargs)
9256
9257     def ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs):
9258         """
9259         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool
9260
9261         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by
9262         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages
9263         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was
9264         already on top/bottom and nothing was done.
9265         """
9266         return _core_.Window_ScrollPages(*args, **kwargs)
9267
9268     def LineUp(*args, **kwargs):
9269         """
9270         LineUp(self) -> bool
9271
9272         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1).
9273         """
9274         return _core_.Window_LineUp(*args, **kwargs)
9275
9276     def LineDown(*args, **kwargs):
9277         """
9278         LineDown(self) -> bool
9279
9280         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1).
9281         """
9282         return _core_.Window_LineDown(*args, **kwargs)
9283
9284     def PageUp(*args, **kwargs):
9285         """
9286         PageUp(self) -> bool
9287
9288         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1).
9289         """
9290         return _core_.Window_PageUp(*args, **kwargs)
9291
9292     def PageDown(*args, **kwargs):
9293         """
9294         PageDown(self) -> bool
9295
9296         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1).
9297         """
9298         return _core_.Window_PageDown(*args, **kwargs)
9299
9300     def SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9301         """
9302         SetHelpText(self, String text)
9303
9304         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9305         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9306         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9307         """
9308         return _core_.Window_SetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9309
9310     def SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs):
9311         """
9312         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text)
9313
9314         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this
9315         one.
9316         """
9317         return _core_.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args, **kwargs)
9318
9319     def GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs):
9320         """
9321         GetHelpText(self) -> String
9322
9323         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this
9324         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current
9325         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.
9326         """
9327         return _core_.Window_GetHelpText(*args, **kwargs)
9328
9329     def SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs):
9330         """
9331         SetToolTipString(self, String tip)
9332
9333         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9334         """
9335         return _core_.Window_SetToolTipString(*args, **kwargs)
9336
9337     def SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9338         """
9339         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip)
9340
9341         Attach a tooltip to the window.
9342         """
9343         return _core_.Window_SetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9344
9345     def GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs):
9346         """
9347         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip
9348
9349         get the associated tooltip or None if none
9350         """
9351         return _core_.Window_GetToolTip(*args, **kwargs)
9352
9353     def SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9354         """
9355         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget)
9356
9357         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has
9358         a drop target, it is deleted.
9359         """
9360         return _core_.Window_SetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9361
9362     def GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs):
9363         """
9364         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget
9365
9366         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.
9367         """
9368         return _core_.Window_GetDropTarget(*args, **kwargs)
9369
9370     def DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs):
9371         """
9372         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept)
9373
9374         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.
9375         Only functional on Windows.
9376         """
9377         return _core_.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args, **kwargs)
9378
9379     def SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9380         """
9381         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)
9382
9383         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing
9384         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be
9385         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current
9386         constraints.
9387
9388         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints
9389         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must
9390         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting
9391         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have
9392         effect.
9393         """
9394         return _core_.Window_SetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9395
9396     def GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
9397         """
9398         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints
9399
9400         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there
9401         are none.
9402         """
9403         return _core_.Window_GetConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
9404
9405     def SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9406         """
9407         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout)
9408
9409         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically
9410         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the
9411         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and
9412         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).
9413
9414         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use
9415         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window
9416         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.
9417         """
9418         return _core_.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9419
9420     def GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs):
9421         """
9422         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool
9423
9424         Returns the current autoLayout setting
9425         """
9426         return _core_.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args, **kwargs)
9427
9428     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
9429         """
9430         Layout(self) -> bool
9431
9432         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based
9433         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,
9434         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE
9435         handler when the window is resized.
9436         """
9437         return _core_.Window_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
9438
9439     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9440         """
9441         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9442
9443         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then
9444         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing
9445         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted
9446         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also
9447         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is
9448         non-None, and False otherwise.
9449         """
9450         return _core_.Window_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9451
9452     def SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs):
9453         """
9454         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)
9455
9456         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the
9457         window based on the sizer's minimum size.
9458         """
9459         return _core_.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args, **kwargs)
9460
9461     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9462         """
9463         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
9464
9465         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to
9466         SetSizer or None if there isn't one.
9467         """
9468         return _core_.Window_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9469
9470     def SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9471         """
9472         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
9473
9474         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is
9475         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so
9476         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.
9477         """
9478         return _core_.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9479
9480     def GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs):
9481         """
9482         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer
9483
9484         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.
9485         """
9486         return _core_.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args, **kwargs)
9487
9488     def InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9489         """
9490         InheritAttributes(self)
9491
9492         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called
9493         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual
9494         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background
9495         colours.
9496
9497         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use
9498         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's
9499         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not
9500         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been
9501         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same
9502         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides
9503         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed
9504         no matter what and only the font might.
9505
9506         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the
9507         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default
9508         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as
9509         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)
9510         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the
9511         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change
9512         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or
9513         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the
9514         parents attributes.
9515
9516         """
9517         return _core_.Window_InheritAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9518
9519     def ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs):
9520         """
9521         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool
9522
9523         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be
9524         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them
9525         from the parent window.
9526
9527         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in
9528         wxControl where it returns true.
9529         """
9530         return _core_.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args, **kwargs)
9531
9532     def PostCreate(self, pre):
9533         """
9534         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!>
9535         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.
9536         """
9537         self.this = pre.this
9538         self.thisown = pre.thisown
9539         pre.thisown = 0
9540         if hasattr(self, '_setOORInfo'):
9541             self._setOORInfo(self)
9542         if hasattr(self, '_setCallbackInfo'):
9543             self._setCallbackInfo(self, self.__class__)
9544
9545     def SendSizeEvent(self):
9546         self.GetEventhandler().ProcessEvent(wx.SizeEvent((-1,-1)))
9547
9548 _core_.Window_swigregister(Window)
9549
9550 def PreWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9551     """
9552     PreWindow() -> Window
9553
9554     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation.
9555     """
9556     val = _core_.new_PreWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9557     return val
9558
9559 def Window_NewControlId(*args):
9560   """
9561     Window_NewControlId() -> int
9562
9563     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.
9564     """
9565   return _core_.Window_NewControlId(*args)
9566
9567 def Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9568   """
9569     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int
9570
9571     Get the id of the control following the one with the given
9572     autogenerated) id
9573     """
9574   return _core_.Window_NextControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9575
9576 def Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs):
9577   """
9578     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int
9579
9580     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given
9581     autogenerated) id
9582     """
9583   return _core_.Window_PrevControlId(*args, **kwargs)
9584
9585 def Window_FindFocus(*args):
9586   """
9587     Window_FindFocus() -> Window
9588
9589     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,
9590     or None.
9591     """
9592   return _core_.Window_FindFocus(*args)
9593
9594 def Window_GetCapture(*args):
9595   """
9596     Window_GetCapture() -> Window
9597
9598     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None
9599     """
9600   return _core_.Window_GetCapture(*args)
9601
9602 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
9603   """
9604     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
9605
9606     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
9607     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
9608     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
9609     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
9610     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
9611
9612     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
9613     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
9614     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
9615     this.
9616     """
9617   return _core_.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
9618
9619 def DLG_PNT(win, point_or_x, y=None):
9620     """
9621     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in
9622     dialog units to pixel units.
9623     """
9624     if y is None:
9625         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x)
9626     else:
9627         return win.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx.Point(point_or_x, y))
9628
9629 def DLG_SZE(win, size_width, height=None):
9630     """
9631     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in
9632     dialog units to pixel units.
9633     """
9634     if height is None:
9635         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width)
9636     else:
9637         return win.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx.Size(size_width, height))
9638
9639
9640 def FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs):
9641   """
9642     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window
9643
9644     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent
9645     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog
9646     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9647     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9648     """
9649   return _core_.FindWindowById(*args, **kwargs)
9650
9651 def FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs):
9652   """
9653     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window
9654
9655     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create
9656     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all
9657     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be
9658     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both
9659     cases.
9660
9661     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called.
9662     """
9663   return _core_.FindWindowByName(*args, **kwargs)
9664
9665 def FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9666   """
9667     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window
9668
9669     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label
9670     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the
9671     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if
9672     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window
9673     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases.
9674     """
9675   return _core_.FindWindowByLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9676
9677 def Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs):
9678   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window"""
9679   return _core_.Window_FromHWND(*args, **kwargs)
9680
9681 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args):
9682   """
9683     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject
9684
9685     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames,
9686     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained
9687     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows
9688     are closed or new top-level windows are created.
9689
9690     """
9691   return _core_.GetTopLevelWindows(*args)
9692 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9693
9694 class Validator(EvtHandler):
9695     """Proxy of C++ Validator class"""
9696     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9697     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9698     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9699         """__init__(self) -> Validator"""
9700         _core_.Validator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Validator(*args, **kwargs))
9701         self._setOORInfo(self)
9702
9703     def Clone(*args, **kwargs):
9704         """Clone(self) -> Validator"""
9705         return _core_.Validator_Clone(*args, **kwargs)
9706
9707     def Validate(*args, **kwargs):
9708         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool"""
9709         return _core_.Validator_Validate(*args, **kwargs)
9710
9711     def TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9712         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool"""
9713         return _core_.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9714
9715     def TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9716         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool"""
9717         return _core_.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9718
9719     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9720         """GetWindow(self) -> Window"""
9721         return _core_.Validator_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9722
9723     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9724         """SetWindow(self, Window window)"""
9725         return _core_.Validator_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9726
9727     def IsSilent(*args, **kwargs):
9728         """IsSilent() -> bool"""
9729         return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args, **kwargs)
9730
9731     IsSilent = staticmethod(IsSilent)
9732     def SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9733         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9734         return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9735
9736     SetBellOnError = staticmethod(SetBellOnError)
9737 _core_.Validator_swigregister(Validator)
9738
9739 def Validator_IsSilent(*args):
9740   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool"""
9741   return _core_.Validator_IsSilent(*args)
9742
9743 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs):
9744   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)"""
9745   return _core_.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args, **kwargs)
9746
9747 class PyValidator(Validator):
9748     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class"""
9749     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9750     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9751     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9752         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator"""
9753         _core_.PyValidator_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PyValidator(*args, **kwargs))
9754
9755         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PyValidator, 1)
9756         self._setOORInfo(self)
9757
9758     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
9759         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)"""
9760         return _core_.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
9761
9762 _core_.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator)
9763
9764 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
9765
9766 class Menu(EvtHandler):
9767     """Proxy of C++ Menu class"""
9768     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
9769     __repr__ = _swig_repr
9770     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
9771         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu"""
9772         _core_.Menu_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Menu(*args, **kwargs))
9773         self._setOORInfo(self)
9774
9775     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
9776         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9777         return _core_.Menu_Append(*args, **kwargs)
9778
9779     def AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9780         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9781         return _core_.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9782
9783     def AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9784         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9785         return _core_.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9786
9787     def AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9788         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9789         return _core_.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9790
9791     def AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9792         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9793         return _core_.Menu_AppendMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9794
9795     def AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9796         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9797         return _core_.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9798
9799     def AppendItem(*args, **kwargs):
9800         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9801         return _core_.Menu_AppendItem(*args, **kwargs)
9802
9803     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
9804         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9805         return _core_.Menu_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
9806
9807     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
9808         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9809         return _core_.Menu_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
9810
9811     def Break(*args, **kwargs):
9812         """Break(self)"""
9813         return _core_.Menu_Break(*args, **kwargs)
9814
9815     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
9816         """
9817         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,
9818             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem
9819         """
9820         return _core_.Menu_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
9821
9822     def InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9823         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem"""
9824         return _core_.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9825
9826     def InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9827         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9828         return _core_.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9829
9830     def InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9831         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9832         return _core_.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9833
9834     def InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9835         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9836         return _core_.Menu_InsertMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9837
9838     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
9839         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem"""
9840         return _core_.Menu_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
9841
9842     def PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
9843         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem"""
9844         return _core_.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
9845
9846     def PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs):
9847         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9848         return _core_.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args, **kwargs)
9849
9850     def PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs):
9851         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9852         return _core_.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args, **kwargs)
9853
9854     def PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs):
9855         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem"""
9856         return _core_.Menu_PrependMenu(*args, **kwargs)
9857
9858     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
9859         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9860         return _core_.Menu_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
9861
9862     def RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs):
9863         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem"""
9864         return _core_.Menu_RemoveItem(*args, **kwargs)
9865
9866     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
9867         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool"""
9868         return _core_.Menu_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
9869
9870     def DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs):
9871         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool"""
9872         return _core_.Menu_DeleteItem(*args, **kwargs)
9873
9874     def Destroy(*args, **kwargs):
9875         """
9876         Destroy(self)
9877
9878         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9879         """
9880         val = _core_.Menu_Destroy(*args, **kwargs)
9881         args[0].thisown = 0
9882         return val
9883
9884     def DestroyId(*args, **kwargs):
9885         """
9886         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool
9887
9888         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9889         """
9890         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyId(*args, **kwargs)
9891         args[0].thisown = 0
9892         return val
9893
9894     def DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs):
9895         """
9896         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool
9897
9898         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.
9899         """
9900         val = _core_.Menu_DestroyItem(*args, **kwargs)
9901         args[0].thisown = 0
9902         return val
9903
9904     def GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs):
9905         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t"""
9906         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args, **kwargs)
9907
9908     def GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs):
9909         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject"""
9910         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args, **kwargs)
9911
9912     def FindItem(*args, **kwargs):
9913         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int"""
9914         return _core_.Menu_FindItem(*args, **kwargs)
9915
9916     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
9917         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
9918         return _core_.Menu_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
9919
9920     def FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs):
9921         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem"""
9922         return _core_.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args, **kwargs)
9923
9924     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
9925         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
9926         return _core_.Menu_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
9927
9928     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
9929         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
9930         return _core_.Menu_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
9931
9932     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
9933         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
9934         return _core_.Menu_Check(*args, **kwargs)
9935
9936     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
9937         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
9938         return _core_.Menu_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
9939
9940     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9941         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
9942         return _core_.Menu_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9943
9944     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
9945         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
9946         return _core_.Menu_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
9947
9948     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9949         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
9950         return _core_.Menu_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9951
9952     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
9953         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
9954         return _core_.Menu_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
9955
9956     def SetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9957         """SetTitle(self, String title)"""
9958         return _core_.Menu_SetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9959
9960     def GetTitle(*args, **kwargs):
9961         """GetTitle(self) -> String"""
9962         return _core_.Menu_GetTitle(*args, **kwargs)
9963
9964     def SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9965         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)"""
9966         return _core_.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9967
9968     def GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs):
9969         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler"""
9970         return _core_.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args, **kwargs)
9971
9972     def SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9973         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)"""
9974         return _core_.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9975
9976     def GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs):
9977         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window"""
9978         return _core_.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args, **kwargs)
9979
9980     def GetStyle(*args, **kwargs):
9981         """GetStyle(self) -> long"""
9982         return _core_.Menu_GetStyle(*args, **kwargs)
9983
9984     def UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs):
9985         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)"""
9986         return _core_.Menu_UpdateUI(*args, **kwargs)
9987
9988     def GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs):
9989         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar"""
9990         return _core_.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args, **kwargs)
9991
9992     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
9993         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)"""
9994         return _core_.Menu_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
9995
9996     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
9997         """Detach(self)"""
9998         return _core_.Menu_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
9999
10000     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10001         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10002         return _core_.Menu_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10003
10004     def SetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10005         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)"""
10006         return _core_.Menu_SetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10007
10008     def GetParent(*args, **kwargs):
10009         """GetParent(self) -> Menu"""
10010         return _core_.Menu_GetParent(*args, **kwargs)
10011
10012 _core_.Menu_swigregister(Menu)
10013 DefaultValidator = cvar.DefaultValidator
10014
10015 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10016
10017 class MenuBar(Window):
10018     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class"""
10019     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10020     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10021     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10022         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar"""
10023         _core_.MenuBar_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuBar(*args, **kwargs))
10024         self._setOORInfo(self)
10025
10026     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10027         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10028         return _core_.MenuBar_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10029
10030     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10031         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool"""
10032         return _core_.MenuBar_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10033
10034     def GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs):
10035         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t"""
10036         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args, **kwargs)
10037
10038     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10039         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10040         return _core_.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10041
10042     def Replace(*args, **kwargs):
10043         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu"""
10044         return _core_.MenuBar_Replace(*args, **kwargs)
10045
10046     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
10047         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu"""
10048         return _core_.MenuBar_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
10049
10050     def EnableTop(*args, **kwargs):
10051         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)"""
10052         return _core_.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args, **kwargs)
10053
10054     def IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs):
10055         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool"""
10056         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args, **kwargs)
10057
10058     def SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10059         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)"""
10060         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10061
10062     def GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs):
10063         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String"""
10064         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args, **kwargs)
10065
10066     def FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs):
10067         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int"""
10068         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args, **kwargs)
10069
10070     def FindItemById(*args, **kwargs):
10071         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem"""
10072         return _core_.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args, **kwargs)
10073
10074     def FindMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10075         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int"""
10076         return _core_.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10077
10078     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10079         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)"""
10080         return _core_.MenuBar_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10081
10082     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10083         """Check(self, int id, bool check)"""
10084         return _core_.MenuBar_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10085
10086     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10087         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool"""
10088         return _core_.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10089
10090     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10091         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool"""
10092         return _core_.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10093
10094     def SetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10095         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)"""
10096         return _core_.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10097
10098     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10099         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String"""
10100         return _core_.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10101
10102     def SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10103         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)"""
10104         return _core_.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10105
10106     def GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs):
10107         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String"""
10108         return _core_.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args, **kwargs)
10109
10110     def GetFrame(*args, **kwargs):
10111         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame"""
10112         return _core_.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args, **kwargs)
10113
10114     def IsAttached(*args, **kwargs):
10115         """IsAttached(self) -> bool"""
10116         return _core_.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args, **kwargs)
10117
10118     def Attach(*args, **kwargs):
10119         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)"""
10120         return _core_.MenuBar_Attach(*args, **kwargs)
10121
10122     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
10123         """Detach(self)"""
10124         return _core_.MenuBar_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
10125
10126     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10127         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10128         return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10129
10130     SetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu)
10131     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10132         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10133         return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10134
10135     GetAutoWindowMenu = staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu)
10136 _core_.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar)
10137
10138 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10139   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)"""
10140   return _core_.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10141
10142 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args):
10143   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool"""
10144   return _core_.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args)
10145
10146 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10147
10148 class MenuItem(Object):
10149     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class"""
10150     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10151     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10152     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10153         """
10154         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,
10155             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,
10156             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem
10157         """
10158         _core_.MenuItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_MenuItem(*args, **kwargs))
10159     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_MenuItem
10160     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10161     def GetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10162         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10163         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10164
10165     def SetMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10166         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10167         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10168
10169     def SetId(*args, **kwargs):
10170         """SetId(self, int id)"""
10171         return _core_.MenuItem_SetId(*args, **kwargs)
10172
10173     def GetId(*args, **kwargs):
10174         """GetId(self) -> int"""
10175         return _core_.MenuItem_GetId(*args, **kwargs)
10176
10177     def IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs):
10178         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool"""
10179         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args, **kwargs)
10180
10181     def SetText(*args, **kwargs):
10182         """SetText(self, String str)"""
10183         return _core_.MenuItem_SetText(*args, **kwargs)
10184
10185     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10186         """GetLabel(self) -> String"""
10187         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10188
10189     def GetText(*args, **kwargs):
10190         """GetText(self) -> String"""
10191         return _core_.MenuItem_GetText(*args, **kwargs)
10192
10193     def GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10194         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10195         return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10196
10197     GetLabelFromText = staticmethod(GetLabelFromText)
10198     def GetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10199         """GetKind(self) -> int"""
10200         return _core_.MenuItem_GetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10201
10202     def SetKind(*args, **kwargs):
10203         """SetKind(self, int kind)"""
10204         return _core_.MenuItem_SetKind(*args, **kwargs)
10205
10206     def SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10207         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)"""
10208         return _core_.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10209
10210     def IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs):
10211         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool"""
10212         return _core_.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args, **kwargs)
10213
10214     def IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10215         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool"""
10216         return _core_.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10217
10218     def SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10219         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)"""
10220         return _core_.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10221
10222     def GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs):
10223         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu"""
10224         return _core_.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args, **kwargs)
10225
10226     def Enable(*args, **kwargs):
10227         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)"""
10228         return _core_.MenuItem_Enable(*args, **kwargs)
10229
10230     def IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs):
10231         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool"""
10232         return _core_.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args, **kwargs)
10233
10234     def Check(*args, **kwargs):
10235         """Check(self, bool check=True)"""
10236         return _core_.MenuItem_Check(*args, **kwargs)
10237
10238     def IsChecked(*args, **kwargs):
10239         """IsChecked(self) -> bool"""
10240         return _core_.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args, **kwargs)
10241
10242     def Toggle(*args, **kwargs):
10243         """Toggle(self)"""
10244         return _core_.MenuItem_Toggle(*args, **kwargs)
10245
10246     def SetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10247         """SetHelp(self, String str)"""
10248         return _core_.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10249
10250     def GetHelp(*args, **kwargs):
10251         """GetHelp(self) -> String"""
10252         return _core_.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args, **kwargs)
10253
10254     def GetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10255         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry"""
10256         return _core_.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10257
10258     def SetAccel(*args, **kwargs):
10259         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)"""
10260         return _core_.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args, **kwargs)
10261
10262     def SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10263         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)"""
10264         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10265
10266     def GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10267         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10268         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10269
10270     def SetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10271         """SetFont(self, Font font)"""
10272         return _core_.MenuItem_SetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10273
10274     def GetFont(*args, **kwargs):
10275         """GetFont(self) -> Font"""
10276         return _core_.MenuItem_GetFont(*args, **kwargs)
10277
10278     def SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10279         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)"""
10280         return _core_.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10281
10282     def GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs):
10283         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour"""
10284         return _core_.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args, **kwargs)
10285
10286     def SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10287         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)"""
10288         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10289
10290     def GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs):
10291         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour"""
10292         return _core_.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args, **kwargs)
10293
10294     def SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs):
10295         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)"""
10296         return _core_.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args, **kwargs)
10297
10298     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10299         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)"""
10300         return _core_.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10301
10302     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs):
10303         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap"""
10304         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args, **kwargs)
10305
10306     def SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10307         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)"""
10308         return _core_.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10309
10310     def GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10311         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int"""
10312         return _core_.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10313
10314     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs):
10315         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10316         return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args, **kwargs)
10317
10318     GetDefaultMarginWidth = staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth)
10319     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10320         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool"""
10321         return _core_.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10322
10323     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10324         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)"""
10325         return _core_.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10326
10327     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs):
10328         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)"""
10329         return _core_.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args, **kwargs)
10330
10331 _core_.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem)
10332
10333 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs):
10334   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String"""
10335   return _core_.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args, **kwargs)
10336
10337 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args):
10338   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int"""
10339   return _core_.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args)
10340
10341 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10342
10343 class Control(Window):
10344     """
10345     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'.
10346
10347     A control is generally a small window which processes user input
10348     and/or displays one or more item of data.
10349     """
10350     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10351     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10352     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10353         """
10354         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10355             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10356             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control
10357
10358         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass'
10359         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful.
10360         """
10361         _core_.Control_swiginit(self,_core_.new_Control(*args, **kwargs))
10362         self._setOORInfo(self)
10363
10364     def Create(*args, **kwargs):
10365         """
10366         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,
10367             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,
10368             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool
10369
10370         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control.
10371         """
10372         return _core_.Control_Create(*args, **kwargs)
10373
10374     def Command(*args, **kwargs):
10375         """
10376         Command(self, CommandEvent event)
10377
10378         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.
10379
10380         :see: `wx.CommandEvent`
10381
10382         """
10383         return _core_.Control_Command(*args, **kwargs)
10384
10385     def GetLabel(*args, **kwargs):
10386         """
10387         GetLabel(self) -> String
10388
10389         Return a control's text.
10390         """
10391         return _core_.Control_GetLabel(*args, **kwargs)
10392
10393     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10394         """
10395         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10396
10397         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10398         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10399         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10400         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10401         user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10402
10403         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10404         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10405         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10406         this.
10407         """
10408         return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10409
10410     GetClassDefaultAttributes = staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes)
10411 _core_.Control_swigregister(Control)
10412 ControlNameStr = cvar.ControlNameStr
10413
10414 def PreControl(*args, **kwargs):
10415     """
10416     PreControl() -> Control
10417
10418     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation
10419     """
10420     val = _core_.new_PreControl(*args, **kwargs)
10421     return val
10422
10423 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs):
10424   """
10425     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes
10426
10427     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want
10428     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard
10429     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific
10430     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the
10431     user's system, especially if it uses themes.
10432
10433     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is
10434     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of
10435     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about
10436     this.
10437     """
10438   return _core_.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args, **kwargs)
10439
10440 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10441
10442 class ItemContainer(object):
10443     """
10444     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented
10445     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be
10446     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well
10447     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from
10448     this one.
10449
10450     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although
10451     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still
10452     all conform to the same interface.
10453
10454     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and,
10455     optionally, client data associated with them.
10456
10457     """
10458     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10459     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10460     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10461     def Append(*args, **kwargs):
10462         """
10463         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10464
10465         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item
10466         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item
10467         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g.
10468         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style).
10469         """
10470         return _core_.ItemContainer_Append(*args, **kwargs)
10471
10472     def AppendItems(*args, **kwargs):
10473         """
10474         AppendItems(self, List strings)
10475
10476         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this
10477         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you
10478         need to add a lot of items.
10479         """
10480         return _core_.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args, **kwargs)
10481
10482     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
10483         """
10484         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int
10485
10486         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index,
10487         optionally associating some data object with the item.
10488         """
10489         return _core_.ItemContainer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
10490
10491     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
10492         """
10493         Clear(self)
10494
10495         Removes all items from the control.
10496         """
10497         return _core_.ItemContainer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
10498
10499     def Delete(*args, **kwargs):
10500         """
10501         Delete(self, unsigned int n)
10502
10503         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note
10504         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if
10505         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal
10506         than the number of items in the control.
10507         """
10508         return _core_.ItemContainer_Delete(*args, **kwargs)
10509
10510     def GetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10511         """
10512         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject
10513
10514         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.)
10515         """
10516         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10517
10518     def SetClientData(*args, **kwargs):
10519         """
10520         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData)
10521
10522         Associate the given client data with the item at position n.
10523         """
10524         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args, **kwargs)
10525
10526     def GetCount(*args, **kwargs):
10527         """
10528         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int
10529
10530         Returns the number of items in the control.
10531         """
10532         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args, **kwargs)
10533
10534     def IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs):
10535         """
10536         IsEmpty(self) -> bool
10537
10538         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items.
10539         """
10540         return _core_.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args, **kwargs)
10541
10542     def GetString(*args, **kwargs):
10543         """
10544         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String
10545
10546         Returns the label of the item with the given index.
10547         """
10548         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetString(*args, **kwargs)
10549
10550     def GetStrings(*args, **kwargs):
10551         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString"""
10552         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args, **kwargs)
10553
10554     def SetString(*args, **kwargs):
10555         """
10556         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s)
10557
10558         Sets the label for the given item.
10559         """
10560         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetString(*args, **kwargs)
10561
10562     def FindString(*args, **kwargs):
10563         """
10564         FindString(self, String s) -> int
10565
10566         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the
10567         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not
10568         found.
10569         """
10570         return _core_.ItemContainer_FindString(*args, **kwargs)
10571
10572     def SetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10573         """
10574         SetSelection(self, int n)
10575
10576         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item.
10577         """
10578         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10579
10580     def GetSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10581         """
10582         GetSelection(self) -> int
10583
10584         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item
10585         is selected.
10586         """
10587         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10588
10589     def SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10590         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool"""
10591         return _core_.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10592
10593     def GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs):
10594         """
10595         GetStringSelection(self) -> String
10596
10597         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item
10598         is selected.
10599         """
10600         return _core_.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args, **kwargs)
10601
10602     def Select(*args, **kwargs):
10603         """
10604         Select(self, int n)
10605
10606         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is
10607         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection.
10608         """
10609         return _core_.ItemContainer_Select(*args, **kwargs)
10610
10611 _core_.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer)
10612
10613 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10614
10615 class ControlWithItems(Control,ItemContainer):
10616     """
10617     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the
10618     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls
10619     that have items.
10620     """
10621     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10622     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10623     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10624 _core_.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems)
10625
10626 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10627
10628 class SizerItem(Object):
10629     """
10630     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other
10631     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually
10632     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be
10633     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but
10634     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly.
10635     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to
10636     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating
10637     layout.
10638
10639     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem`
10640     """
10641     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10642     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10643     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
10644         """
10645         __init__(self) -> SizerItem
10646
10647         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
10648         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer.
10649
10650         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they
10651         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend
10652         methods are called.
10653
10654         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer`
10655         """
10656         _core_.SizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_SizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
10657     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_SizerItem
10658     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10659     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
10660         """
10661         DeleteWindows(self)
10662
10663         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type
10664         of item.
10665         """
10666         return _core_.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
10667
10668     def DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10669         """
10670         DetachSizer(self)
10671
10672         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
10673         """
10674         return _core_.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10675
10676     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
10677         """
10678         GetSize(self) -> Size
10679
10680         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10681         """
10682         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
10683
10684     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
10685         """
10686         CalcMin(self) -> Size
10687
10688         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space
10689         needed by borders.
10690         """
10691         return _core_.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
10692
10693     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
10694         """
10695         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size)
10696
10697         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the
10698         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or
10699         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into
10700         account.
10701         """
10702         return _core_.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
10703
10704     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
10705         """
10706         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
10707
10708         Get the minimum size needed for the item.
10709         """
10710         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
10711
10712     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10713         """
10714         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size
10715
10716         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders
10717         added, if needed.
10718         """
10719         return _core_.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10720
10721     def SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs):
10722         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)"""
10723         return _core_.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args, **kwargs)
10724
10725     def SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs):
10726         """
10727         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height)
10728
10729         Set the ratio item attribute.
10730         """
10731         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args, **kwargs)
10732
10733     def SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs):
10734         """
10735         SetRatioSize(self, Size size)
10736
10737         Set the ratio item attribute.
10738         """
10739         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args, **kwargs)
10740
10741     def SetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10742         """
10743         SetRatio(self, float ratio)
10744
10745         Set the ratio item attribute.
10746         """
10747         return _core_.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10748
10749     def GetRatio(*args, **kwargs):
10750         """
10751         GetRatio(self) -> float
10752
10753         Set the ratio item attribute.
10754         """
10755         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args, **kwargs)
10756
10757     def GetRect(*args, **kwargs):
10758         """
10759         GetRect(self) -> Rect
10760
10761         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy
10762         """
10763         return _core_.SizerItem_GetRect(*args, **kwargs)
10764
10765     def IsWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10766         """
10767         IsWindow(self) -> bool
10768
10769         Is this sizer item a window?
10770         """
10771         return _core_.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10772
10773     def IsSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10774         """
10775         IsSizer(self) -> bool
10776
10777         Is this sizer item a subsizer?
10778         """
10779         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10780
10781     def IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10782         """
10783         IsSpacer(self) -> bool
10784
10785         Is this sizer item a spacer?
10786         """
10787         return _core_.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10788
10789     def SetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10790         """
10791         SetProportion(self, int proportion)
10792
10793         Set the proportion value for this item.
10794         """
10795         return _core_.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10796
10797     def GetProportion(*args, **kwargs):
10798         """
10799         GetProportion(self) -> int
10800
10801         Get the proportion value for this item.
10802         """
10803         return _core_.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args, **kwargs)
10804
10805     SetOption = wx._deprecated(SetProportion, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")
10806     GetOption = wx._deprecated(GetProportion, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")
10807     def SetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10808         """
10809         SetFlag(self, int flag)
10810
10811         Set the flag value for this item.
10812         """
10813         return _core_.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10814
10815     def GetFlag(*args, **kwargs):
10816         """
10817         GetFlag(self) -> int
10818
10819         Get the flag value for this item.
10820         """
10821         return _core_.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args, **kwargs)
10822
10823     def SetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10824         """
10825         SetBorder(self, int border)
10826
10827         Set the border value for this item.
10828         """
10829         return _core_.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10830
10831     def GetBorder(*args, **kwargs):
10832         """
10833         GetBorder(self) -> int
10834
10835         Get the border value for this item.
10836         """
10837         return _core_.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args, **kwargs)
10838
10839     def GetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10840         """
10841         GetWindow(self) -> Window
10842
10843         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10844         """
10845         return _core_.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10846
10847     def SetWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10848         """
10849         SetWindow(self, Window window)
10850
10851         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item.
10852         """
10853         return _core_.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10854
10855     def GetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10856         """
10857         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer
10858
10859         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item.
10860         """
10861         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10862
10863     def SetSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10864         """
10865         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer)
10866
10867         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item.
10868         """
10869         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10870
10871     def GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10872         """
10873         GetSpacer(self) -> Size
10874
10875         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item.
10876         """
10877         return _core_.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10878
10879     def SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10880         """
10881         SetSpacer(self, Size size)
10882
10883         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item.
10884         """
10885         return _core_.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10886
10887     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
10888         """
10889         Show(self, bool show)
10890
10891         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item
10892         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a
10893         window then it is shown or hidden as needed.
10894         """
10895         return _core_.SizerItem_Show(*args, **kwargs)
10896
10897     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
10898         """
10899         IsShown(self) -> bool
10900
10901         Is the item to be shown in the layout?
10902         """
10903         return _core_.SizerItem_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
10904
10905     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
10906         """
10907         GetPosition(self) -> Point
10908
10909         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout.
10910         """
10911         return _core_.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
10912
10913     def GetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10914         """
10915         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject
10916
10917         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there
10918         isn't any.
10919         """
10920         return _core_.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10921
10922     def SetUserData(*args, **kwargs):
10923         """
10924         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData)
10925
10926         Associate a Python object with this sizer item.
10927         """
10928         return _core_.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args, **kwargs)
10929
10930 _core_.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem)
10931
10932 def SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
10933     """
10934     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10935         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10936
10937     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window.
10938     """
10939     val = _core_.new_SizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
10940     return val
10941
10942 def SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
10943     """
10944     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10945         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10946
10947     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer.
10948     """
10949     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
10950     return val
10951
10952 def SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
10953     """
10954     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,
10955         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem
10956
10957     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer
10958     """
10959     val = _core_.new_SizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
10960     return val
10961
10962 class Sizer(Object):
10963     """
10964     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in
10965     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to
10966     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`,
10967     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer`
10968     and `wx.GridBagSizer`.
10969
10970     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to
10971     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK
10972     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual
10973     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to
10974     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will
10975     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of
10976     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and
10977     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in
10978     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls,
10979     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be
10980     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus
10981     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources
10982     compared to a real window on screen.
10983
10984     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that
10985     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can
10986     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item)
10987     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the
10988     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires
10989     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a
10990     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows.
10991     """
10992     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
10993     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
10994     __repr__ = _swig_repr
10995     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_Sizer
10996     __del__ = lambda self : None;
10997     def _setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs):
10998         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)"""
10999         return _core_.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11000
11001     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
11002         """
11003         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11004             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11005
11006         Appends a child item to the sizer.
11007         """
11008         return _core_.Sizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
11009
11010     def Insert(*args, **kwargs):
11011         """
11012         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11013             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11014
11015         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before
11016         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11017         """
11018         return _core_.Sizer_Insert(*args, **kwargs)
11019
11020     def Prepend(*args, **kwargs):
11021         """
11022         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0,
11023             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem
11024
11025         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by
11026         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters.
11027         """
11028         return _core_.Sizer_Prepend(*args, **kwargs)
11029
11030     def Remove(*args, **kwargs):
11031         """
11032         Remove(self, item) -> bool
11033
11034         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not
11035         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update
11036         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The
11037         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based
11038         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found
11039         and removed.
11040         """
11041         return _core_.Sizer_Remove(*args, **kwargs)
11042
11043     def Detach(*args, **kwargs):
11044         """
11045         Detach(self, item) -> bool
11046
11047         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method
11048         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to
11049         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11050         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item
11051         was found and detached.
11052         """
11053         return _core_.Sizer_Detach(*args, **kwargs)
11054
11055     def GetItem(*args, **kwargs):
11056         """
11057         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem
11058
11059         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item*
11060         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11061         the item to be found.
11062         """
11063         return _core_.Sizer_GetItem(*args, **kwargs)
11064
11065     def _SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11066         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)"""
11067         return _core_.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11068
11069     def SetItemMinSize(self, item, *args):
11070         """
11071         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size)
11072
11073         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer.
11074         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the
11075         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it
11076         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary.
11077         """
11078         if len(args) == 2:
11079             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too
11080             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args)
11081         else:
11082             return self._SetItemMinSize(item, args[0])
11083
11084     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
11085         """
11086         AddItem(self, SizerItem item)
11087
11088         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11089         """
11090         return _core_.Sizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
11091
11092     def InsertItem(*args, **kwargs):
11093         """
11094         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item)
11095
11096         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*.
11097         """
11098         return _core_.Sizer_InsertItem(*args, **kwargs)
11099
11100     def PrependItem(*args, **kwargs):
11101         """
11102         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item)
11103
11104         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer.
11105         """
11106         return _core_.Sizer_PrependItem(*args, **kwargs)
11107
11108     def AddMany(self, items):
11109         """
11110         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items
11111         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples,
11112         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you
11113         would normally pass to the `Add` method.
11114         """
11115         for item in items:
11116             if type(item) != type(()) or (len(item) == 2 and type(item[0]) == type(1)):
11117                 item = (item, )
11118             self.Add(*item)
11119
11120     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code
11121     def AddWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11122         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11123         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11124     def AddSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11125         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11126         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11127     def AddSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11128         """Compatibility alias for `Add`."""
11129         return self.Add(*args, **kw)
11130
11131     def PrependWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11132         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11133         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11134     def PrependSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11135         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11136         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11137     def PrependSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11138         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`."""
11139         return self.Prepend(*args, **kw)
11140
11141     def InsertWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11142         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11143         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11144     def InsertSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11145         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11146         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11147     def InsertSpacer(self, *args, **kw):
11148         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`."""
11149         return self.Insert(*args, **kw)
11150
11151     def RemoveWindow(self, *args, **kw):
11152         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11153         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11154     def RemoveSizer(self, *args, **kw):
11155         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11156         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11157     def RemovePos(self, *args, **kw):
11158         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`."""
11159         return self.Remove(*args, **kw)
11160
11161
11162     def SetDimension(*args, **kwargs):
11163         """
11164         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height)
11165
11166         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus
11167         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to
11168         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend`
11169         methods.
11170         """
11171         return _core_.Sizer_SetDimension(*args, **kwargs)
11172
11173     def SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11174         """
11175         SetMinSize(self, Size size)
11176
11177         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will
11178         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children
11179         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the
11180         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set
11181         here, depending on which is bigger.
11182         """
11183         return _core_.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11184
11185     def GetSize(*args, **kwargs):
11186         """
11187         GetSize(self) -> Size
11188
11189         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer.
11190         """
11191         return _core_.Sizer_GetSize(*args, **kwargs)
11192
11193     def GetPosition(*args, **kwargs):
11194         """
11195         GetPosition(self) -> Point
11196
11197         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space.
11198         """
11199         return _core_.Sizer_GetPosition(*args, **kwargs)
11200
11201     def GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs):
11202         """
11203         GetMinSize(self) -> Size
11204
11205         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined
11206         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size
11207         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger.
11208         """
11209         return _core_.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args, **kwargs)
11210
11211     def GetSizeTuple(self):
11212         return self.GetSize().Get()
11213     def GetPositionTuple(self):
11214         return self.GetPosition().Get()
11215     def GetMinSizeTuple(self):
11216         return self.GetMinSize().Get()
11217
11218     def RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs):
11219         """
11220         RecalcSizes(self)
11221
11222         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the
11223         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as
11224         it is called by `Layout`.
11225         """
11226         return _core_.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args, **kwargs)
11227
11228     def CalcMin(*args, **kwargs):
11229         """
11230         CalcMin(self) -> Size
11231
11232         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its
11233         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as
11234         it is called by `Layout`.
11235         """
11236         return _core_.Sizer_CalcMin(*args, **kwargs)
11237
11238     def Layout(*args, **kwargs):
11239         """
11240         Layout(self)
11241
11242         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items
11243         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the
11244         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's
11245         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when
11246         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or
11247         removed.
11248         """
11249         return _core_.Sizer_Layout(*args, **kwargs)
11250
11251     def Fit(*args, **kwargs):
11252         """
11253         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size
11254
11255         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal
11256         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in
11257         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as
11258         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size.
11259
11260         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size.
11261         """
11262         return _core_.Sizer_Fit(*args, **kwargs)
11263
11264     def FitInside(*args, **kwargs):
11265         """
11266         FitInside(self, Window window)
11267
11268         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the
11269         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the
11270         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars
11271         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it.
11272
11273         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints`
11274
11275         """
11276         return _core_.Sizer_FitInside(*args, **kwargs)
11277
11278     def SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11279         """
11280         SetSizeHints(self, Window window)
11281
11282         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to
11283         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the
11284         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are
11285         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order
11286         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size
11287         required by the sizer.
11288         """
11289         return _core_.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11290
11291     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs):
11292         """
11293         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window)
11294
11295         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to
11296         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars
11297         this will set them appropriately.
11298
11299         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`
11300
11301         """
11302         return _core_.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args, **kwargs)
11303
11304     def Clear(*args, **kwargs):
11305         """
11306         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False)
11307
11308         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items
11309         as well.
11310         """
11311         return _core_.Sizer_Clear(*args, **kwargs)
11312
11313     def DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs):
11314         """
11315         DeleteWindows(self)
11316
11317         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer.
11318         """
11319         return _core_.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args, **kwargs)
11320
11321     def GetChildren(*args, **kwargs):
11322         """
11323         GetChildren(self) -> list
11324
11325         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer.
11326         """
11327         return _core_.Sizer_GetChildren(*args, **kwargs)
11328
11329     def Show(*args, **kwargs):
11330         """
11331         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool
11332
11333         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item
11334         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11335         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11336         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a
11337         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found.
11338         """
11339         return _core_.Sizer_Show(*args, **kwargs)
11340
11341     def IsShown(*args, **kwargs):
11342         """
11343         IsShown(self, item)
11344
11345         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer
11346         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item*
11347         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of
11348         the item.
11349         """
11350         return _core_.Sizer_IsShown(*args, **kwargs)
11351
11352     def Hide(self, item, recursive=False):
11353         """
11354         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive).
11355         """
11356         return self.Show(item, False, recursive)
11357
11358     def ShowItems(*args, **kwargs):
11359         """
11360         ShowItems(self, bool show)
11361
11362         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items.
11363         """
11364         return _core_.Sizer_ShowItems(*args, **kwargs)
11365
11366 _core_.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer)
11367
11368 class PySizer(Sizer):
11369     """
11370     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been
11371     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in
11372     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are
11373     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement
11374     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set.
11375     For example::
11376
11377         class MySizer(wx.PySizer):
11378              def __init__(self):
11379                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self)
11380
11381              def CalcMin(self):
11382                  for item in self.GetChildren():
11383                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed
11384                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's
11385                       # layout algorithm.
11386                       ...
11387                  return wx.Size(width, height)
11388
11389               def RecalcSizes(self):
11390                   # find the space allotted to this sizer
11391                   pos = self.GetPosition()
11392                   size = self.GetSize()
11393                   for item in self.GetChildren():
11394                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of
11395                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the
11396                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the
11397                       # space alloted to this sizer.
11398                       ...
11399                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize)
11400
11401
11402     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by
11403     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of
11404     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`.
11405
11406     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren`
11407
11408
11409     """
11410     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11411     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11412     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11413         """
11414         __init__(self) -> PySizer
11415
11416         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived
11417         class.
11418         """
11419         _core_.PySizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_PySizer(*args, **kwargs))
11420         self._setCallbackInfo(self, PySizer);self._setOORInfo(self)
11421
11422     def _setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs):
11423         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)"""
11424         return _core_.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args, **kwargs)
11425
11426 _core_.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer)
11427
11428 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11429
11430 class BoxSizer(Sizer):
11431     """
11432     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be
11433     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a
11434     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out
11435     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation
11436     parameter passed to the constructor.
11437     """
11438     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11439     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11440     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11441         """
11442         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer
11443
11444         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL``
11445         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row
11446         sizer.
11447         """
11448         _core_.BoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_BoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11449         self._setOORInfo(self)
11450
11451     def GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11452         """
11453         GetOrientation(self) -> int
11454
11455         Returns the current orientation of the sizer.
11456         """
11457         return _core_.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11458
11459     def SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs):
11460         """
11461         SetOrientation(self, int orient)
11462
11463         Resets the orientation of the sizer.
11464         """
11465         return _core_.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args, **kwargs)
11466
11467 _core_.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer)
11468
11469 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11470
11471 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer):
11472     """
11473     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the
11474     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer
11475     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and
11476     passed to the sizer constructor.
11477     """
11478     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11479     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11480     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11481         """
11482         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer
11483
11484         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation
11485         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or
11486         ``wx.HORIZONTAL``.
11487         """
11488         _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11489         self._setOORInfo(self)
11490
11491     def GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs):
11492         """
11493         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox
11494
11495         Returns the static box associated with this sizer.
11496         """
11497         return _core_.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args, **kwargs)
11498
11499 _core_.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer)
11500
11501 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11502
11503 class GridSizer(Sizer):
11504     """
11505     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11506     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other
11507     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the
11508     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the
11509     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal
11510     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.)
11511
11512     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added,
11513     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first,
11514     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If
11515     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you
11516     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in
11517     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`.
11518
11519     """
11520     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11521     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11522     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11523         """
11524         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer
11525
11526         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number
11527         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is
11528         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11529         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11530         define extra space between all children.
11531         """
11532         _core_.GridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11533         self._setOORInfo(self)
11534
11535     def SetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11536         """
11537         SetCols(self, int cols)
11538
11539         Sets the number of columns in the sizer.
11540         """
11541         return _core_.GridSizer_SetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11542
11543     def SetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11544         """
11545         SetRows(self, int rows)
11546
11547         Sets the number of rows in the sizer.
11548         """
11549         return _core_.GridSizer_SetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11550
11551     def SetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11552         """
11553         SetVGap(self, int gap)
11554
11555         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11556         """
11557         return _core_.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11558
11559     def SetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11560         """
11561         SetHGap(self, int gap)
11562
11563         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer
11564         """
11565         return _core_.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11566
11567     def GetCols(*args, **kwargs):
11568         """
11569         GetCols(self) -> int
11570
11571         Returns the number of columns in the sizer.
11572         """
11573         return _core_.GridSizer_GetCols(*args, **kwargs)
11574
11575     def GetRows(*args, **kwargs):
11576         """
11577         GetRows(self) -> int
11578
11579         Returns the number of rows in the sizer.
11580         """
11581         return _core_.GridSizer_GetRows(*args, **kwargs)
11582
11583     def GetVGap(*args, **kwargs):
11584         """
11585         GetVGap(self) -> int
11586
11587         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer.
11588         """
11589         return _core_.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args, **kwargs)
11590
11591     def GetHGap(*args, **kwargs):
11592         """
11593         GetHGap(self) -> int
11594
11595         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer.
11596         """
11597         return _core_.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args, **kwargs)
11598
11599     def CalcRowsCols(self):
11600         """
11601         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols)
11602
11603         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based
11604         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified
11605         in the constructor.
11606         """
11607         nitems = len(self.GetChildren())
11608         rows = self.GetRows()
11609         cols = self.GetCols()
11610         assert rows != 0 or cols != 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed"
11611         if cols != 0:
11612             rows = (nitems + cols - 1) / cols
11613         elif rows != 0:
11614             cols = (nitems + rows - 1) / rows
11615         return (rows, cols)
11616
11617 _core_.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer)
11618
11619 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11620
11621 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
11622 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
11623 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL = _core_.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
11624 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer):
11625     """
11626     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a
11627     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same
11628     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all
11629     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in
11630     the `wx.GridSizer`.
11631
11632     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but
11633     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible
11634     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it
11635     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non
11636     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The
11637     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose.
11638
11639
11640     """
11641     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11642     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11643     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11644         """
11645         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer
11646
11647         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the
11648         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters
11649         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in
11650         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap*
11651         define extra space between all children.
11652         """
11653         _core_.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_FlexGridSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11654         self._setOORInfo(self)
11655
11656     def AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11657         """
11658         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11659
11660         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there
11661         is extra space available to the sizer.
11662
11663         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11664         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11665         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11666         """
11667         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11668
11669     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs):
11670         """
11671         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx)
11672
11673         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable.
11674         """
11675         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args, **kwargs)
11676
11677     def AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11678         """
11679         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0)
11680
11681         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if
11682         there is extra space available to the sizer.
11683
11684         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor
11685         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all
11686         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all).
11687         """
11688         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11689
11690     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs):
11691         """
11692         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx)
11693
11694         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable.
11695         """
11696         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args, **kwargs)
11697
11698     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11699         """
11700         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction)
11701
11702         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows,
11703         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any
11704         other value is ignored.
11705
11706             ==============    =======================================
11707             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized.
11708             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized.
11709             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized
11710                               (this is the default value).
11711             ==============    =======================================
11712
11713         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11714
11715         """
11716         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11717
11718     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs):
11719         """
11720         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int
11721
11722         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer
11723         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default).
11724
11725         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection`
11726         """
11727         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args, **kwargs)
11728
11729     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11730         """
11731         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode)
11732
11733         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if
11734         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called
11735         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values:
11736
11737             ==========================  =================================================
11738             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction.
11739             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with
11740                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this
11741                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of
11742                                         columns or rows (this is the default value).
11743             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in
11744                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are
11745                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction.
11746             ==========================  =================================================
11747
11748         Note that this method does not trigger relayout.
11749
11750
11751         """
11752         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11753
11754     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs):
11755         """
11756         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int
11757
11758         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the
11759         non-flexible direction if there is one.
11760
11761         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`
11762         """
11763         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args, **kwargs)
11764
11765     def GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs):
11766         """
11767         GetRowHeights(self) -> list
11768
11769         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the
11770         rows in the sizer.
11771         """
11772         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args, **kwargs)
11773
11774     def GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs):
11775         """
11776         GetColWidths(self) -> list
11777
11778         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the
11779         columns in the sizer.
11780         """
11781         return _core_.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args, **kwargs)
11782
11783 _core_.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer)
11784
11785 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer):
11786     """
11787     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons
11788     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply
11789     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the
11790     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer
11791     will take care of the rest.
11792
11793     """
11794     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11795     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11796     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11797         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer"""
11798         _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args, **kwargs))
11799     def AddButton(*args, **kwargs):
11800         """
11801         AddButton(self, wxButton button)
11802
11803         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add`
11804         method in the base class.
11805         """
11806         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args, **kwargs)
11807
11808     def Realize(*args, **kwargs):
11809         """
11810         Realize(self)
11811
11812         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added
11813         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform
11814         specifc manner.
11815         """
11816         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args, **kwargs)
11817
11818     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11819         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11820         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11821
11822     def SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11823         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11824         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11825
11826     def SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11827         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)"""
11828         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11829
11830     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11831         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11832         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11833
11834     def GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs):
11835         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11836         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args, **kwargs)
11837
11838     def GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs):
11839         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11840         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args, **kwargs)
11841
11842     def GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs):
11843         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11844         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args, **kwargs)
11845
11846     def GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs):
11847         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton"""
11848         return _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args, **kwargs)
11849
11850 _core_.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer)
11851
11852 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
11853
11854 class GBPosition(object):
11855     """
11856     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11857     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11858     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11859     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11860     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11861     """
11862     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11863     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11864     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11865         """
11866         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition
11867
11868         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of
11869         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has
11870         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of
11871         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic
11872         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code.
11873         """
11874         _core_.GBPosition_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBPosition(*args, **kwargs))
11875     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBPosition
11876     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11877     def GetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11878         """GetRow(self) -> int"""
11879         return _core_.GBPosition_GetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11880
11881     def GetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11882         """GetCol(self) -> int"""
11883         return _core_.GBPosition_GetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11884
11885     def SetRow(*args, **kwargs):
11886         """SetRow(self, int row)"""
11887         return _core_.GBPosition_SetRow(*args, **kwargs)
11888
11889     def SetCol(*args, **kwargs):
11890         """SetCol(self, int col)"""
11891         return _core_.GBPosition_SetCol(*args, **kwargs)
11892
11893     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11894         """
11895         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11896
11897         Compare GBPosition for equality.
11898         """
11899         return _core_.GBPosition___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11900
11901     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11902         """
11903         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11904
11905         Compare GBPosition for inequality.
11906         """
11907         return _core_.GBPosition___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11908
11909     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11910         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)"""
11911         return _core_.GBPosition_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11912
11913     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11914         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11915         return _core_.GBPosition_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11916
11917     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11918     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11919     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self.Get())
11920     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
11921     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
11922     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
11923         if index == 0: self.SetRow(val)
11924         elif index == 1: self.SetCol(val)
11925         else: raise IndexError
11926     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
11927     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
11928     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBPosition, self.Get())
11929
11930     row = property(GetRow, SetRow)
11931     col = property(GetCol, SetCol)
11932
11933 _core_.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition)
11934
11935 class GBSpan(object):
11936     """
11937     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of
11938     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will
11939     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a
11940     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span
11941     nearly transparently in Python code.
11942
11943     """
11944     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
11945     __repr__ = _swig_repr
11946     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
11947         """
11948         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan
11949
11950         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and
11951         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one
11952         cell in each direction.
11953         """
11954         _core_.GBSpan_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSpan(*args, **kwargs))
11955     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSpan
11956     __del__ = lambda self : None;
11957     def GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11958         """GetRowspan(self) -> int"""
11959         return _core_.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11960
11961     def GetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11962         """GetColspan(self) -> int"""
11963         return _core_.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11964
11965     def SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs):
11966         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)"""
11967         return _core_.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args, **kwargs)
11968
11969     def SetColspan(*args, **kwargs):
11970         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)"""
11971         return _core_.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args, **kwargs)
11972
11973     def __eq__(*args, **kwargs):
11974         """
11975         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11976
11977         Compare wxGBSpan for equality.
11978         """
11979         return _core_.GBSpan___eq__(*args, **kwargs)
11980
11981     def __ne__(*args, **kwargs):
11982         """
11983         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool
11984
11985         Compare GBSpan for inequality.
11986         """
11987         return _core_.GBSpan___ne__(*args, **kwargs)
11988
11989     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
11990         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)"""
11991         return _core_.GBSpan_Set(*args, **kwargs)
11992
11993     def Get(*args, **kwargs):
11994         """Get(self) -> PyObject"""
11995         return _core_.GBSpan_Get(*args, **kwargs)
11996
11997     asTuple = wx._deprecated(Get, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead")
11998     def __str__(self):                   return str(self.Get())
11999     def __repr__(self):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self.Get())
12000     def __len__(self):                   return len(self.Get())
12001     def __getitem__(self, index):        return self.Get()[index]
12002     def __setitem__(self, index, val):
12003         if index == 0: self.SetRowspan(val)
12004         elif index == 1: self.SetColspan(val)
12005         else: raise IndexError
12006     def __nonzero__(self):               return self.Get() != (0,0)
12007     __safe_for_unpickling__ = True
12008     def __reduce__(self):                return (wx.GBSpan, self.Get())
12009
12010     rowspan = property(GetRowspan, SetRowspan)
12011     colspan = property(GetColspan, SetColspan)
12012
12013 _core_.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan)
12014
12015 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem):
12016     """
12017     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about
12018     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid
12019     and how many rows or columns it spans.
12020
12021     """
12022     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12023     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12024     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12025         """
12026         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem
12027
12028         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer
12029         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this
12030         item can be used in a Sizer.
12031
12032         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they
12033         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called.
12034         """
12035         _core_.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GBSizerItem(*args, **kwargs))
12036     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_GBSizerItem
12037     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12038     def GetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12039         """
12040         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition
12041
12042         Get the grid position of the item
12043         """
12044         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12045
12046     def GetPosTuple(self): return self.GetPos().Get()
12047     def GetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12048         """
12049         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan
12050
12051         Get the row and column spanning of the item
12052         """
12053         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12054
12055     def GetSpanTuple(self): return self.GetSpan().Get()
12056     def SetPos(*args, **kwargs):
12057         """
12058         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12059
12060         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12061         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
12062         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is
12063         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved.
12064         """
12065         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args, **kwargs)
12066
12067     def SetSpan(*args, **kwargs):
12068         """
12069         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool
12070
12071         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that
12072         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
12073         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change
12074         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized.
12075
12076         """
12077         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args, **kwargs)
12078
12079     def Intersects(*args, **kwargs):
12080         """
12081         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool
12082
12083         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect.
12084         """
12085         return _core_.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args, **kwargs)
12086
12087     def IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs):
12088         """
12089         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool
12090
12091         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
12092         """
12093         return _core_.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args, **kwargs)
12094
12095     def GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs):
12096         """
12097         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition
12098
12099         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item.
12100         """
12101         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args, **kwargs)
12102
12103     def GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12104         """
12105         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer
12106
12107         Get the sizer this item is a member of.
12108         """
12109         return _core_.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12110
12111     def SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12112         """
12113         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer)
12114
12115         Set the sizer this item is a member of.
12116         """
12117         return _core_.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12118
12119 _core_.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem)
12120 DefaultSpan = cvar.DefaultSpan
12121
12122 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12123     """
12124     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12125         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12126
12127     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window.
12128     """
12129     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12130     return val
12131
12132 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs):
12133     """
12134     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,
12135         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12136
12137     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer
12138     """
12139     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args, **kwargs)
12140     return val
12141
12142 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs):
12143     """
12144     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,
12145         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem
12146
12147     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer.
12148     """
12149     val = _core_.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args, **kwargs)
12150     return val
12151
12152 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer):
12153     """
12154     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a
12155     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items
12156     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more
12157     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the
12158     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are
12159     positioned at, adjusted for spanning.
12160
12161     """
12162     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12163     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12164     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12165         """
12166         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer
12167
12168         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the
12169         rows and columns.
12170         """
12171         _core_.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self,_core_.new_GridBagSizer(*args, **kwargs))
12172         self._setOORInfo(self)
12173
12174     def Add(*args, **kwargs):
12175         """
12176         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0,
12177         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12178
12179         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning
12180         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining
12181         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`.
12182
12183         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell
12184         position, False if something was already there.
12185
12186         """
12187         return _core_.GridBagSizer_Add(*args, **kwargs)
12188
12189     def AddItem(*args, **kwargs):
12190         """
12191         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem
12192
12193         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if
12194         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if
12195         something was already there.
12196         """
12197         return _core_.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args, **kwargs)
12198
12199     def GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12200         """
12201         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size
12202
12203         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and
12204         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout.
12205         """
12206         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12207
12208     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12209         """
12210         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size
12211
12212         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12213         """
12214         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12215
12216     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs):
12217         """
12218         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz)
12219
12220         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
12221         """
12222         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args, **kwargs)
12223
12224     def GetItemPosition(*args):
12225         """
12226         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition
12227
12228         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12229         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12230         index of an item.
12231         """
12232         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args)
12233
12234     def SetItemPosition(*args):
12235         """
12236         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool
12237
12238         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a
12239         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based
12240         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not
12241         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12242
12243         """
12244         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args)
12245
12246     def GetItemSpan(*args):
12247         """
12248         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan
12249
12250         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12251         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12252         zero-based index of an item.
12253         """
12254         return _core_.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args)
12255
12256     def SetItemSpan(*args):
12257         """
12258         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool
12259
12260         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is
12261         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a
12262         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is
12263         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned.
12264         """
12265         return _core_.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args)
12266
12267     def FindItem(*args):
12268         """
12269         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem
12270
12271         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if
12272         not found. (non-recursive)
12273         """
12274         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args)
12275
12276     def FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs):
12277         """
12278         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem
12279
12280         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no
12281         item at that position. (non-recursive)
12282         """
12283         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args, **kwargs)
12284
12285     def FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs):
12286         """
12287         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem
12288
12289         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if
12290         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
12291         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
12292         layout. (non-recursive)
12293         """
12294         return _core_.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args, **kwargs)
12295
12296     def CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs):
12297         """
12298         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12299
12300         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12301         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap.
12302         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for
12303         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12304         position of.
12305
12306         """
12307         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args, **kwargs)
12308
12309     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs):
12310         """
12311         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool
12312
12313         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the
12314         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be
12315         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked
12316         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the
12317         position of.
12318         """
12319         return _core_.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args, **kwargs)
12320
12321 _core_.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer)
12322
12323 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
12324
12325 Left = _core_.Left
12326 Top = _core_.Top
12327 Right = _core_.Right
12328 Bottom = _core_.Bottom
12329 Width = _core_.Width
12330 Height = _core_.Height
12331 Centre = _core_.Centre
12332 Center = _core_.Center
12333 CentreX = _core_.CentreX
12334 CentreY = _core_.CentreY
12335 Unconstrained = _core_.Unconstrained
12336 AsIs = _core_.AsIs
12337 PercentOf = _core_.PercentOf
12338 Above = _core_.Above
12339 Below = _core_.Below
12340 LeftOf = _core_.LeftOf
12341 RightOf = _core_.RightOf
12342 SameAs = _core_.SameAs
12343 Absolute = _core_.Absolute
12344 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object):
12345     """
12346     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as
12347     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in.
12348     You will never need to create an instance of
12349     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a
12350     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints
12351     that it contains.
12352     """
12353     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12354     def __init__(self): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined"
12355     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12356     def Set(*args, **kwargs):
12357         """
12358         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN)
12359
12360         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the
12361         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs.
12362         """
12363         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args, **kwargs)
12364
12365     def LeftOf(*args, **kwargs):
12366         """
12367         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12368
12369         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an
12370         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the
12371         other window.
12372         """
12373         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args, **kwargs)
12374
12375     def RightOf(*args, **kwargs):
12376         """
12377         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12378
12379         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an
12380         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the
12381         other window.
12382         """
12383         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args, **kwargs)
12384
12385     def Above(*args, **kwargs):
12386         """
12387         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12388
12389         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional
12390         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other
12391         window.
12392         """
12393         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args, **kwargs)
12394
12395     def Below(*args, **kwargs):
12396         """
12397         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0)
12398
12399         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional
12400         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other
12401         window.
12402         """
12403         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args, **kwargs)
12404
12405     def SameAs(*args, **kwargs):
12406         """
12407         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0)
12408
12409         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the
12410         given window, with an optional margin.
12411         """
12412         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args, **kwargs)
12413
12414     def PercentOf(*args, **kwargs):
12415         """
12416         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per)
12417
12418         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given
12419         window, with an optional margin.
12420         """
12421         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args, **kwargs)
12422
12423     def Absolute(*args, **kwargs):
12424         """
12425         Absolute(self, int val)
12426
12427         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value.
12428         """
12429         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args, **kwargs)
12430
12431     def Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs):
12432         """
12433         Unconstrained(self)
12434
12435         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on
12436         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced.
12437         """
12438         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args, **kwargs)
12439
12440     def AsIs(*args, **kwargs):
12441         """
12442         AsIs(self)
12443
12444         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at
12445         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*,
12446         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important
12447         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default
12448         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the
12449         button label.
12450         """
12451         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args, **kwargs)
12452
12453     def GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs):
12454         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window"""
12455         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args, **kwargs)
12456
12457     def GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12458         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int"""
12459         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12460
12461     def SetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12462         """SetEdge(self, int which)"""
12463         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12464
12465     def SetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12466         """SetValue(self, int v)"""
12467         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12468
12469     def GetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12470         """GetMargin(self) -> int"""
12471         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12472
12473     def SetMargin(*args, **kwargs):
12474         """SetMargin(self, int m)"""
12475         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args, **kwargs)
12476
12477     def GetValue(*args, **kwargs):
12478         """GetValue(self) -> int"""
12479         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args, **kwargs)
12480
12481     def GetPercent(*args, **kwargs):
12482         """GetPercent(self) -> int"""
12483         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args, **kwargs)
12484
12485     def GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12486         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int"""
12487         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12488
12489     def GetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12490         """GetDone(self) -> bool"""
12491         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12492
12493     def SetDone(*args, **kwargs):
12494         """SetDone(self, bool d)"""
12495         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args, **kwargs)
12496
12497     def GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12498         """GetRelationship(self) -> int"""
12499         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12500
12501     def SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs):
12502         """SetRelationship(self, int r)"""
12503         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args, **kwargs)
12504
12505     def ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs):
12506         """
12507         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool
12508
12509         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
12510         """
12511         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args, **kwargs)
12512
12513     def SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs):
12514         """
12515         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool
12516
12517         Try to satisfy constraint
12518         """
12519         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args, **kwargs)
12520
12521     def GetEdge(*args, **kwargs):
12522         """
12523         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int
12524
12525         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
12526         is not determinable, -1.
12527         """
12528         return _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args, **kwargs)
12529
12530 _core_.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint)
12531
12532 class LayoutConstraints(Object):
12533     """
12534     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers
12535     instead.
12536
12537     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its
12538     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent.
12539
12540     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class
12541     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed
12542     directly to set the appropriate constraints.
12543
12544         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window
12545         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window
12546         * top: represents the top edge of the window
12547         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window
12548         * width: represents the width of the window
12549         * height: represents the height of the window
12550         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window
12551         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window
12552
12553     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship
12554     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by
12555     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height,
12556     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a
12557     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be
12558     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If
12559     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed.
12560
12561     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints`
12562
12563     """
12564     thisown = property(lambda x: x.this.own(), lambda x, v: x.this.own(v), doc='The membership flag')
12565     __repr__ = _swig_repr
12566     left = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_left_get)
12567     top = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_top_get)
12568     right = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_right_get)
12569     bottom = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get)
12570     width = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_width_get)
12571     height = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_height_get)
12572     centreX = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get)
12573     centreY = property(_core_.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get)
12574     def __init__(self, *args, **kwargs):
12575         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints"""
12576         _core_.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self,_core_.new_LayoutConstraints(*args, **kwargs))
12577     __swig_destroy__ = _core_.delete_LayoutConstraints
12578     __del__ = lambda self : None;
12579     def SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs):
12580         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)"""
12581         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args, **kwargs)
12582
12583     def AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs):
12584         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool"""
12585         return _core_.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args, **kwargs)
12586
12587 _core_.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints)
12588
12589 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12590
12591 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not
12592 try:
12593     True
12594 except NameError:
12595     __builtins__.True = 1==1
12596     __builtins__.False = 1==0
12597     def bool(value): return not not value
12598     __builtins__.bool = bool
12599
12600
12601
12602 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names
12603 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge'
12604 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider'
12605 __wxPyPtrTypeMap['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar'
12606
12607
12608 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12609 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor
12610 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets.
12611
12612 from __version__ import *
12613 __version__ = VERSION_STRING
12614
12615 assert MAJOR_VERSION == _core_.MAJOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12616 assert MINOR_VERSION == _core_.MINOR_VERSION, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch"
12617 if RELEASE_VERSION != _core_.RELEASE_VERSION:
12618     import warnings
12619     warnings.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch")
12620
12621 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12622
12623 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from
12624 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We
12625 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the
12626 # encoding we need to use as well.)
12627 #
12628 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects
12629 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be
12630 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be
12631 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see
12632 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences
12633 # between the common latin/roman encodings.
12634
12635 default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12636 if default == 'ascii':
12637     import locale
12638     import codecs
12639     try:
12640         default = locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]
12641         codecs.lookup(default)
12642     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError):
12643         default = _sys.getdefaultencoding()
12644     del locale
12645     del codecs
12646 if default:
12647     wx.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default)
12648 del default
12649
12650 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12651
12652 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError):
12653     pass
12654
12655 class _wxPyDeadObject(object):
12656     """
12657     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__
12658     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help
12659     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer.
12660     """
12661     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)"
12662     attrStr = "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed."
12663
12664     def __repr__(self):
12665         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12666             self._name = "[unknown]"
12667         return self.reprStr % self._name
12668
12669     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12670         if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12671             self._name = "[unknown]"
12672         raise PyDeadObjectError(self.attrStr % self._name)
12673
12674     def __nonzero__(self):
12675         return 0
12676
12677
12678
12679 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError):
12680     pass
12681
12682 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object):
12683     """
12684     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is
12685     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App
12686     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will
12687     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an
12688     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance
12689     is ready.
12690     """
12691
12692     reprStr = "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)"
12693     attrStr = "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed."
12694
12695     def __repr__(self):
12696         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12697         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12698         return self.reprStr #% self._name
12699
12700     def __getattr__(self, *args):
12701         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"):
12702         #    self._name = "[unknown]"
12703         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self.attrStr) # % self._name )
12704
12705     def __nonzero__(self):
12706         return 0
12707
12708
12709 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12710
12711 def CallAfter(callable, *args, **kw):
12712     """
12713     Call the specified function after the current and pending event
12714     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI
12715     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or
12716     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called.
12717
12718     :see: `wx.FutureCall`
12719     """
12720     app = wx.GetApp()
12721     assert app is not None, 'No wx.App created yet'
12722
12723     if not hasattr(app, "_CallAfterId"):
12724         app._CallAfterId = wx.NewEventType()
12725         app.Connect(-1, -1, app._CallAfterId,
12726                     lambda event: event.callable(*event.args, **event.kw) )
12727     evt = wx.PyEvent()
12728     evt.SetEventType(app._CallAfterId)
12729     evt.callable = callable
12730     evt.args = args
12731     evt.kw = kw
12732     wx.PostEvent(app, evt)
12733
12734 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12735
12736
12737 class FutureCall:
12738     """
12739     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable
12740     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any
12741     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is
12742     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method.
12743
12744     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer
12745     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will
12746     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer
12747     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when
12748     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall
12749     object.
12750
12751     :see: `wx.CallAfter`
12752     """
12753     def __init__(self, millis, callable, *args, **kwargs):
12754         self.millis = millis
12755         self.callable = callable
12756         self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12757         self.runCount = 0
12758         self.running = False
12759         self.hasRun = False
12760         self.result = None
12761         self.timer = None
12762         self.Start()
12763
12764     def __del__(self):
12765         self.Stop()
12766
12767
12768     def Start(self, millis=None, *args, **kwargs):
12769         """
12770         (Re)start the timer
12771         """
12772         self.hasRun = False
12773         if millis is not None:
12774             self.millis = millis
12775         if args or kwargs:
12776             self.SetArgs(*args, **kwargs)
12777         self.Stop()
12778         self.timer = wx.PyTimer(self.Notify)
12779         self.timer.Start(self.millis, wx.TIMER_ONE_SHOT)
12780         self.running = True
12781     Restart = Start
12782
12783
12784     def Stop(self):
12785         """
12786         Stop and destroy the timer.
12787         """
12788         if self.timer is not None:
12789             self.timer.Stop()
12790             self.timer = None
12791
12792
12793     def GetInterval(self):
12794         if self.timer is not None:
12795             return self.timer.GetInterval()
12796         else:
12797             return 0
12798
12799
12800     def IsRunning(self):
12801         return self.timer is not None and self.timer.IsRunning()
12802
12803
12804     def SetArgs(self, *args, **kwargs):
12805         """
12806         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is
12807         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a
12808         new call to the same callable object but with different
12809         parameters.
12810         """
12811         self.args = args
12812         self.kwargs = kwargs
12813
12814
12815     def HasRun(self):
12816         return self.hasRun
12817
12818     def GetResult(self):
12819         return self.result
12820
12821     def Notify(self):
12822         """
12823         The timer has expired so call the callable.
12824         """
12825         if self.callable and getattr(self.callable, 'im_self', True):
12826             self.runCount += 1
12827             self.running = False
12828             self.result = self.callable(*self.args, **self.kwargs)
12829         self.hasRun = True
12830         if not self.running:
12831             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup
12832             wx.CallAfter(self.Stop)
12833
12834
12835
12836 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12837 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc.
12838 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size
12839 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects,
12840 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead
12841 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods
12842 # where they should be used.
12843
12844 class __DocFilter:
12845     """
12846     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and
12847     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs.
12848     """
12849     def __init__(self, globals):
12850         self._globals = globals
12851
12852     def __call__(self, name):
12853         import types
12854         obj = self._globals.get(name, None)
12855         if type(obj) not in [type, types.ClassType, types.FunctionType, types.BuiltinFunctionType]:
12856             return False
12857         if name.startswith('_') or name.startswith('EVT') or name.endswith('_swigregister')  or name.endswith('Ptr') :
12858             return False
12859         return True
12860
12861 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12862 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12863
12864 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the
12865 # "core" wx namespace
12866 from _gdi import *
12867 from _windows import *
12868 from _controls import *
12869 from _misc import *
12870
12871 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12872 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------
12873
12874
12875